Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

mcb · NYSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker mcb
Exchange NYSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 291
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Creating growth

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 

2018

M

c

B

r

i

d

e

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contents

1
Strategic 
report

An overview of key 
actions and events 
in 2017 and early 
2018 together with 
our priorities as we 
move forward.

37
Corporate 
governance

Introduced by our 
Chairman, John 
Coleman, this section 
provides information 
on how the Company 
is governed and 
the activities of 
the Board.

69
Financial 
statements

Includes our financial 
statements, notes 
and auditor’s report 
for the Group.

Strategic report

Highlights

Chairman’s statement 

Investment case 

Business model 

Thoughts of the CEO 

Strategic progress  

Executive review 

Our KPIs 

Strategy in action 

Principal risks and uncertainties 

Corporate responsibility 

Corporate governance

Board of Directors 

Chairman’s introduction  

Corporate governance report  

Audit Committee report 

Nomination Committee report 

Remuneration report 

Shareholder engagement 

Other statutory information 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

Financial statements

Independent auditor’s report 

Consolidated income statement 

Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income 

Consolidated balance sheet 

Consolidated cash flow statement 

Reconciliation of net cash flow  
to movement in net debt 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 

Company balance sheet 

Company statement of changes in equity 

Notes to the Company financial statements 

127
Additional 
information

This section includes 
helpful additional 
information.

Additional information

Group five‑year summary 

Subsidiaries

Useful information for shareholders 

2

4

7

8

10

12

16

21

22

28

32

38

40

40

45

49

50

64

65

68

70

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

120

121

122

127

128

132

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 1

Welcome to the McBride plc  
Annual Report and Accounts

McBride is the leading European manufacturer and 
supplier of Contract Manufactured and Private Label 
products for the domestic Household and professional 
cleaning/hygiene markets. Headquartered in Manchester, 
UK, McBride operates across twelve countries, with 
18 manufacturing facilities producing over 1.2 billion 
units a year, and employs 4,000 people globally.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Strategy in action

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

Danlind 
page 22

Developing talent  
page 23

Fabric conditioner 
page 24

Laundry capsules  
page 25

Dishwasher tablet investment  
page 26

Helping drive the 
circular economy 
with recycled plastics  
page 27

For more information visit  
www.mcbride.co.uk

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
2

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Highlights

2018 overview

Revenue (£m)(a)

Adjusted operating profit(b,1) (£m)

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

755.0

705.2

680.9

704.2

744.2

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

36.2

36.2

41.5

28.5

22.0

 £49.8m   7.1%

 (£5.3m)   (12.8%)

(a) 2018 revenue on a continuing basis is £689.8 million.

(b) 2018 adjusted operating profit on a continuing basis is £37.7 million.

Debt/adjusted EBITDA(2)

Adjusted diluted EPS(c,3) (pence)

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

1.2

2.1

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

1.7

1.9

1.9

12.1

13.1

11.1

8.3

5.3

 0.9x   75%

 (1.0p)   (7.6%)

(c) 2018 adjusted diluted EPS on a continuing basis is 12.7 pence.

Strategic highlights

Financial highlights

• Significant progress during the year with

‘Prepare’ objectives

• Plan announced to resolve the loss-making Personal

Care & Aerosols activities
• Sale of Czech Skincare business in February 2018
• Consolidation of Aerosols operations to single

site, closure of Hull site in Spring 2019
• Sale of PC Liquids announced in July 2018

• Commercial Growth plan published in October 2017
• Acquisition of Danlind a/s completed in

September 2017, integration progressing well
• Good progress on human resource aspects of

‘Prepare’ objectives
• Leadership development programme underway
• New organisation structure being deployed to

better deliver growth

• Revenues 9.0% higher at £689.8m, with Danlind
adding £48.4m for the nine months following
acquisition

• Adjusted operating profit(1) of £37.7m, lower by

£4.3m after absorbing raw material and transport
cost inflation

• Household underlying revenues broadly flat across
the year, but up 3.8% in H2; good growth in key
laundry and auto dishwash categories

• Operating profits of £31.8m (2017: £40.3m)
• Adjusted profits before tax from continuing

operations of £33.2m, lower by £1.9m; reported
profits before tax on continuing operations up
£6.8m to £26.5m

• Adjusted, diluted EPS from continuing operations

4.5% lower at 12.7p (2017: 13.3p)

• Total exceptional charge of £22.0m, largely

non-cash and relating to European Personal Care
transformation activities and the Danlind acquisition

• 34.8% reduction (£2.4m) in underlying(4) interest

costs following refinancing in June 2017

• Net debt at £114.3m (2017: £75.7m), primarily
reflecting acquisition of Danlind (£35.7m)
• Full-year payment to shareholders maintained

at 4.3p (2017: 4.3p)

(1)  Adjustments were made for the amortisation of intangible assets and exceptional items.

(2) Adjustments were made for the amortisation of intangible assets, exceptional items and depreciation.

(3) Adjustments were made for the amortisation of intangible assets, exceptional items, non-cash financing costs from unwind of discount on initial 

recognition of contingent consideration; unwind of discount on provisions and any related tax. 

(4) Underlying interest refers to figures excluding unwind discount on environmental remediation provision and prior year exceptional finance costs.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 3

McBride at a glance

Established in 1927, McBride boasts a strong heritage. 
We are the private label experts in our segments, with 
the scale to offer our development and manufacturing 
capabilities to customers in the UK, Continental Europe 
and Asia Pacific.

Continental Europe

• Bagnatica
• Estaimpuis
• Etain
• Foetz
• Hammel(1)
• Holstebro(1)

•   eper HH 
•  eper PC(2)
• Moyaux 
• Rosporden
• Sallent
• Strzelce

4,000 

employees  
globally

1.2bn

units sold

92%

products sold in 
liquid or solid form

Asia Pacific

• Hong Kong(3)
• Ho Chi Minh City 
• Kuala Lumpur
• Melbourne(3)

business activities 
outside the UK

70%

supply 

100%  

of Europe’s 
top 50 grocery retailers

our products are used

1,000 

times every second 
of each day

United Kingdom

• Barrow
• Bradford(2)
• Hull

• Manchester(3)
• Middleton

top 10 customers 
represent

51%

of revenues

top 5 European 
economies represent 

76%  

of revenues

18 

manufacturing  
facilities

(1)  Danlind sites.

(2) Disposed PC Liquids and Skincare sites.

(3) Offices.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information4

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Chairman’s statement  

Dear shareholder
Welcome to the McBride 2018 Annual Report; our 
review of the past twelve months, which has seen 
significant progress on our strategy ambitions across 
our core activities, in spite of significant trading 
headwinds.

Strategic progress
In May 2017, the Group launched the ‘Prepare’ phase of 
its ‘Repair, Prepare, Grow’ strategy which, following the 
closure of ‘Repair’, focused on four key areas of activity. 
I am pleased to say the past twelve months has seen 
considerable progress on these areas.

A year of significant progress on 
our strategy in spite of significant 
trading headwinds.

Our detailed ‘Growth’ plan was completed and articulated 
to shareholders in October 2017 at a successful Investor 
Day. The associated capital plan, aimed at ensuring the 
asset base of the Group was aligned to the revenue 
growth plans, was also completed around the same 
time and is now underway. Organisation and people 
development are a critical aspect of the ‘Prepare’ phase 
and in the spring of 2018 a new organisation structure 
was launched, aligning our colleagues to a structure 
that is better suited for growth. The Group launched 
its Leadership Development Programme in late 2017, 
aimed at developing internal talent to fulfil the Group’s 
future talent needs. The final element of the four key 
areas related to completion of the next steps in plans 
to improve the Group’s underperforming Personal 
Care & Aerosols (PCA) business, for which we now 
have concrete actions in place.

In the midst of all these actions, the Group has also 
completed the acquisition of Danlind a/s and has 
seen significant growth opportunity for its Household 
activities within a six-month period following financial 
difficulties for a number of competitors, especially in 
Germany. The outcome of this will mean McBride will 
see revenue growth for the first time in many years and 
as we go into the new financial year, annual revenues 
for the Household business will be at least £80 million 
higher on a run rate basis than one year ago.

These actions and subsequent progress are reported 
on in more detail later in this Annual Report. 

Acquisition of Danlind a/s
On 29 September 2017, the Group completed the 
acquisition of the entire share capital of Danlind a/s, 
a supplier of auto dishwash and laundry products, 
based in Denmark. 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 5

The Group is busy with integration actions 
including organisation and IT business platforms. 
The performance of the Danlind business since 
acquisition has been most promising and planned 
synergies are beginning to deliver. We welcome 
our new colleagues in Denmark and look forward 
to their contribution to the Group’s future success.

Payments to shareholders
In line with the Group’s dividend policy, the Board is 
recommending a full-year payment to shareholders 
of 4.3 pence. This is unchanged on the prior year, but 
a higher dividend rate when compared to published 
earnings. We consider this a sign of confidence in 
future prospects and affordability. 

Personal Care & Aerosols (PCA) activities
At the interim stage in February 2018, we indicated that 
this segment was likely to deliver substantial losses for 
the current financial year as a result of weak trading and 
significant input cost rises. Consequently, the Group 
indicated it was about to embark on an accelerated 
transformation plan for this business.

Brexit
As a business McBride remains concerned by the 
continuing lack of progress towards clarity on 
the various implications which may arise from the 
UK’s withdrawal from the EU. For McBride, the key 
challenges concern chemical regulation, cross-border 
trading, employment and citizen rights. 

As a business we continue to monitor progress carefully 
and, where necessary, implement contingency plans.

Governance
The Board remains focused on ensuring that the UK 
Corporate Governance Code’s principles of leadership 
and board effectiveness are applied. My introduction 
to the Corporate governance report on page 40 sets 
out how the Board has complied with the principles of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code 2016 (‘the Code’), 
which applied throughout the financial year ended 
30 June 2018.

By the time of the interims the plan had already 
achieved the sale of the Czech-based Skincare business. 
In May 2018, we announced the intended closure of the 
aerosols facility at Hull, UK and the transfer of certain 
product lines into the Group’s other aerosol facility at 
Rosporden, France. The impact of this move, which is 
expected to complete in spring 2019, will be to return 
aerosol operations to a break-even level by June 2019. 
In early July 2018, we announced the sale of our 
loss-making European Personal Care Liquids activities 
to Royal Sanders of The Netherlands. This transaction 
is expected to complete by the end of October 2018. 
The sale involves the manufacturing sites at  eper, 
Belgium and Bradford, UK. 

As a result of these actions, the loss-making European 
PCA activities will have been reduced from five 
factories to a single facility for aerosols production. 
It is the intention that these activities will be absorbed 
into the Group’s Household activities.

Results
The past twelve months has been a demonstration 
of the Group’s resilience and financial strength. 
The combined pressures of a deflationary retail 
environment and significant input cost rises has 
put pressure on margins. Full-year continuing Group 
revenues increased by £56.9 million (9.0%) on the prior 
year, aided by the translation effect of a weak Sterling 
and the acquisition of Danlind from 29 September 2017. 
For the underlying business, full-year sales were lower 
by £5.1 million (0.8%). Following an overall decline in 
the first half of 4.3%, second half underlying revenues 
were ahead by 2.9% with Household underlying 
revenues up 3.8%. Household sales growth was driven 
primarily from contract wins in Germany resulting 
from competitor weakness and UK growth following 
a number of contract wins. 

On a continuing operations basis, adjusted operating 
profit for the year was £37.7 million (2017: £42.0m) 
with adjusted operating profit margin decreasing to 
5.5% (2017: 6.6%). Following successful action in 2017 
to reduce our financing costs, adjusted profits before 
tax from continuing operations reduced by £1.9 million 
to £33.2 million (2017: £35.1m). Diluted adjusted 
earnings per share was 12.1 pence (2017: 13.1p).

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information6

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Chairman’s statement  
continued

Board
There have been no changes to the Board during the 
year. The varied experience and contribution of all 
Board members has again provided the Group with 
excellent guidance and governance during the past 
year, for which I pass on my thanks.

Our people
It is evident that the progress made by the Group in 
its strategy delivery is a result of the skill and dedication 
of our employees who have accepted the challenge 
to continually improve the business. On behalf of the 
Board, I would like to thank all employees for their 
hard work and dedication.

Looking ahead
Following strong progress with our ‘Prepare’ actions 
in the past twelve months, the Group now can move 
forward as a Household-focused Group delivering 
its growth ambitions and driving improved financial 
performance. Whilst challenging, the markets we operate 
in continue to develop at pace and McBride is well 
positioned to take on further growth opportunities in the 
future. I look forward to the year ahead and to reporting 
on the continued progress and growth of the Group.

John Coleman
Chairman

6 September 2018

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 7

Investment case

Our path to growth

McBride started a transformation programme in late 2015,  
with the ambition of setting the business on a growth path, 
delivering sustainable returns, and turning McBride’s size into  
scale for the benefit of all stakeholders.

Leading market position
After a number of years of disappointing returns, the Group entered a transformation phase with a new 
management team driving a fresh strategic direction. This will optimise McBride’s activities, maximising 
its market-leading position and size to deliver scale advantage for value creation and development of 
growth opportunities.

Market dynamics supporting 
McBride’s growth ambition

A number of developments in McBride’s markets 
means that our scale and geographic spread will 
be ever more a key part of market supply and 
growth. The consolidation of retailers in many 
parts of Europe, the emergence of discount 
retailers, increased outsourcing activity by brand 
owners and the drive by many established retailers 
to simplify their product ranges and supplier base 
all provide opportunities for McBride and our 
scale will allow us to capitalise on these growth 
prospects. In the past two years the industry has 
seen a number of competitors unsuccessful in their 
adaptation to these latest market dynamics. 

Broad customer and product 
base provides diversification 
of opportunity and risk

The Group has well-established market positions 
in all of Europe’s major economies and supplies 
its products to a very wide range of customers, 
including virtually all of Europe’s leading retailers. 
Extensive product ranges permit our customers 
to source most key products from a reliable, 
reputable and long-standing supplier. The Group 
has manufacturing and product development 
facilities across Europe. Aligning our commercial 
activity to the specific regional market’s 
requirements allows for customer focus whilst 
we continue to maximise synergies between our 
operating activities.

World-class manufacturing 
assets are key to our cost 
competitiveness and 
operational excellence

McBride’s extensive network of manufacturing 
locations and assets offers unrivalled capacity 
and capability to both retailers for private label, 
and branders for outsourced manufacturing. 
The market dynamics offer further opportunities 
that will require targeted investments into our 
key sites. These investments, aligned with our 
selective market and product offering, will 
allow for a substantial improvement in our cost 
competitiveness and operational excellence.

Cash-generative business, 
providing annual dividend and 
capital growth opportunities

As a well-invested manufacturing business, 
McBride has the capacity for significant cash 
generation as profits continue to improve. 
In spite of the ambition to outspend depreciation 
in the next two years, the business will generate 
good cash flows to provide the opportunity to 
return funds to shareholders, look for additional 
investment options, including acquisitions, 
and further reduce our borrowings.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information8

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Business model

Strengthening relationships 

McBride is the leading European manufacturer and supplier 
of Contract Manufactured and Private Label products for the 
domestic Household and professional cleaning/hygiene markets. 

External drivers

Input costs
Chemicals, plastic, packaging and logistics costs 
are major parts of our cost base. Volatile pricing 
feeds into margins; customer pricing arrangements 
generally don’t see these changes reflected 
immediately in revised prices.

Regulatory environment
McBride embraces initiatives to improve safety 
for the consumer. More stringent regulations 
concerning the production, use and application 
of our type of products can drive a cost increase 
in the development, production, distribution and 
use of products. 

Discounters
Discounters have seen a steady increase in sales 
across Europe, with their combined market share of 
the EU grocery market rising from 8.4% in 1999 to a 
projected 22.0% in 2022. Most products offered by 
discounters are usually private label, as they compete 
on a superior price/quality offer with a simple range 
rather than offering a wider choice of brands.

Concentration
The retail markets in many of the countries in 
which we operate are highly concentrated with a 
limited number of supermarket retailers, resulting 
in fierce competition. Retailers will increasingly rely 
on sophisticated large private label manufacturers 
to assist them with a range of options to deliver 
competitive advantage.

Brand owners
Brand owners often use private label suppliers to 
co-manufacture their products; however, recently 
an increase in the demand for longer-term, more 
structural arrangements is evident. For McBride, 
this is no different from direct supply to major 
retail customers, while such contracts support 
the objective of maximisation of asset utilisation.

Consumers
Consumers are becoming more dynamic and 
mobile in their shopping habits. The desire for 
value and convenience are growing aspects 
of shopping behaviour. The response from the 
different channel players is diverse. With our staple 
products, overall demand patterns are steady and 
change only over extended time horizons.

Channels
Changing consumer habits and the battleground 
between discounters and retailers means that 
McBride must be present in many channels, 
including in the emerging arenas of pound stores 
and online.

Growth
Market research indicates that the European 
macroeconomic climate will not deliver substantial 
overall growth in our key territories in the 
foreseeable future. Growth rates in a number 
of product categories provide opportunity for 
McBride. Market share of private label versus 
brands is relatively stable in our categories, 
although some markets are starting to see retailers 
favour private label Household products, in the 
same way as they have done already in other 
grocery categories.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 9

We offer tailored services aligned with specific customer and 
channel requirements, strengthening these relationships and 
leveraging our scale through a complete focus on improving 
our operational excellence and driving our cost competitiveness.

External drivers

McBride positioning and differentiation

Strategic objectives 
and value delivery

Manufacturing excellence
Manufacturing excellence is an investment programme 
targeted at an optimised asset configuration supporting 
our market and growth ambitions. Continued investment 
in existing assets will further improve our operational cost 
and will be extended to additional investments, upgrading 
our five ‘Anchor’ sites, Estaimpuis, Foetz,  eper, Middleton 
and Strzelce. Our strong asset base creates the opportunity 
to further develop manufacturing agreements with other 
industry players such as branders. This will give us a 
combined cost and efficiency leadership. 

Customers
Our scale and reach across all key European markets 
enables McBride to provide customer-oriented service 
propositions aligned with channel requirements. We intend 
to have a tailored offering aligned with respective channel 
characteristics, combined with supporting customer service 
levels and agreements clear on content and commitment. 
Public company reputation and standards reassures 
customers of long-term, sustainable supplier relationships.

Size to scale
McBride, as the largest player in the European market, can 
leverage its size by delivering scale benefits in purchasing, 
innovation, manufacturing excellence, legal know-how and 
customer relationship management. McBride’s balance sheet 
provides the opportunity for selective acquisitions, delivering 
further scale benefits.

People
We focus on the development of our people, organisational 
capabilities and skills. As a pan-European employer, McBride 
has access to a wide variety of talent so that whatever we do, 
whatever organisation we build, McBride can deliver upon its 
ambition and promises – with its people engaged, developed 
and positively challenged. 

Innovation
With visibility across all of Europe, our presence in selected 
products and markets, well-resourced technical teams and 
colleagues hungry to offer new ideas, McBride can be at 
the forefront of customer innovation. Whether this is in 
product ideas, supply chain improvements, packaging ideas 
or customer contract arrangements, McBride stands out as 
a leader in our industry.

Sustainable 
profit streams 
permitting appropriate 
investment in assets, 
retaining our leading 
position in the 
industry to deliver 
earnings growth 
to shareholders.

Maximise 
market-leading 
position 
and size to deliver 
scale advantage for 
value creation and 
development of 
growth opportunities.

Our financial 
ambition 
for adjusted 
operating profit 
margin (EBITA%) 
is 7.5% with ROCE 
targeted at 25%-30%.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information10

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Thoughts of the CEO

McBride has now taken a leading 
position with sufficient scale to 
capture the opportunities but remains 
agile enough to react swiftly to a 
rapidly changing environment.

Dear shareholder
The last twelve months has been a period with many 
outlooks. We launched the year’s mission, ‘Prepare 
to Grow’, with four objectives in mind: to deliver 
our growth ambition in the target categories and 
geographies, to support this growth with the right 
investments in our assets and technology, to ensure the 
appropriate organisational development to capture the 
growth and to address the underperforming parts of 
the Company.

I am pleased to say that we have delivered well on 
many of our targets.

Allow me to share some highlights:

This year we reported 7.1% growth, above our projected 
average and the first year of growth in this Company 
for many years. Successes have been achieved with 
several key customers, we have seen the launch of our 
new auto dishwash technology in Germany, supported 
by a win in the consumer tests, and witnessed 
our investment in new trio laundry capsules, all a 
confirmation of the leadership we have taken in many 
aspects of our industry.

We announced in September the acquisition of 
Danlind a/s, a Danish-based auto dishwash and laundry 
powder manufacturer. Again, I am pleased to see that 
we have created traction with our new colleagues, 
translating the identified opportunities quickly into 
tangible growth and profitability improvements. 

We have continued to invest in both the capacity and 
efficiency of our assets. We have commissioned two new 
capsule lines in Estaimpuis, Belgium with another line on 
order, and installed a new auto dishwash line in Barrow, 
UK allowing production of our new format in the UK. 

Additionally, several projects supporting our operational 
efficiency were implemented, further driving our cost 
base. We now have sufficient evidence to claim that in 
our key categories we have indeed a leading technology 
and cost base. 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 11

In fact, we are now translating our ‘Grow’ phase into its 
individual building blocks and supporting tactics which 
will enable us to deliver them. These tactics might develop 
differently as our environment changes, but McBride has 
now taken a leading position: we have sufficient scale to 
capture the opportunities, but remain agile enough to 
react swiftly to a rapidly changing environment.

In summary, I am again pleased with the progress we 
made last year although I share the disappointment 
in not meeting our profitability target. However, we 
have now substantial evidence that we have shifted 
our size into a clear scale advantage, and the reaction 
from customers and suppliers to our position and 
value proposition in the market has been supportive.

With best regards,

Rik De Vos
Chief Executive Officer

6 September 2018

We continue to invest into the development of our 
people and organisation. This is illustrated best 
through our Leadership Training Programmes aimed 
at developing our middle management to ensure we 
have the succession and talent to continue our growth 
ambition. This has translated itself already in several 
appointments into key functions where we see further 
growth potential.

Our fourth ‘Prepare’ action saw a substantial amount 
of management time invested into the resolution of 
the underperforming parts of our business. With the 
announcement of the sale of our Skincare business in 
the Czech Republic, the sale of our European Personal 
Care Liquids division, with factories in Bradford and  
eper, and the closure of our Aerosols activities in 
Hull with subsequent transfer of some of the business 
to our factory in Rosporden, France, we believe the 
majority of our challenge has been addressed.

However, the year has seen many challenges as well. 
The industry was hit with several cost increases, 
including raw materials, labour cost and many transport 
issues leading to a substantial cost impact, whilst the 
retail environment is under severe pressure across 
Europe and driving deflation. Our results were hit 
by all of these effects and while our profitability was 
regrettably not in line with our expectations, we still 
delivered one of the best results in the history of the 
Company. Given the backdrop of market pressures 
forcing a number of competitors into insolvency or 
bankruptcy in the past twelve months, the fact that 
McBride was still able to deliver profits substantially 
above our historical average is a tribute to the hard 
work of the teams and the fact that the ‘Repair’ 
period has delivered substantial benefits.

We are now moving into the new year with a clear 
growth ambition. The objectives are clear, the 
investments being implemented, and the teams hungry 
to deliver. We still have many challenges to deal with, 
the major one being the recovery of the increased cost 
basis through tangible price increase initiatives. However, 
we should also realise that the world is very dynamic 
and the environment in which we operate shows high 
fluidity. This is driven by economic factors pressurising 
the retail value chain and how our customers react to 
those pressures. Additionally social factors are affecting 
consumer behaviours alongside political factors such as 
the referendum. In order to capture the opportunities 
created in this dynamic environment, an agility will 
be required from our side in terms of both company 
culture and the confirmation of our strategic growth 
targets. For sure, the agility we master well, while our 
strategic priorities are constantly being re-evaluated, 
to ensure alignment. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information12

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Strategic progress

Prepare in the midst of early growth

The ‘Prepare’ phase is a period of bridging from where 
McBride was to where we aspire to be – moving the 
Company from ‘Repair’ to ‘Grow.’ The four key objectives 
in ‘Prepare’ were outlined in last year’s Annual Report, 
and in a year of significant trading challenges, the Group 
has made significant progress in these areas.

Our strategy 

1.  The Commercial 

Grow

Approach 

2.  The Asset  

Plan 

3.  Organisational 
Development 

4.  Addressing 

Underperforming 
Business 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 13

1.  The Commercial 

Approach 

2.  The Asset 

Plan 

Building our fundamental commercial 
growth capabilities in Household

Developing the necessary asset base 
with related investment plans

At about this time last year, we concluded the details 
behind the commercial growth strategy. This growth 
strategy covered only the Household part of the 
Group and assumed zero growth for our Personal Care 
& Aerosols activities. The output of this exercise was 
presented to shareholders at a well-attended Investor 
Day in London during October 2017. The presentations 
used for this Investor Day are available on our website 
(www.mcbride.co.uk).

The strategy is led by a category focus for all aspects 
of growth, whether this is organic growth with retail 
customers, brand owners as contract manufacturing 
customers or as a strategic direction for bolt-on 
acquisitions. Within the retail customers business, 
we highlighted growth ambitions with the limited 
assortment discount channel.

The strategy outlined that the Group’s ambition 
was to seek an organic CAGR of 2-2.5% for the 
five years to 2021 in our core Household markets 
and categories. This would, in value terms, be 
matched in the same period by growth in sales for 
Contract Manufacturing activities, supplemented 
with bolt-on acquisitions.

We indicated at the outset of the ‘Repair, Prepare, Grow’ 
strategy that we intended to invest £100 million over 
four years in support of our ‘Grow’ ambitions, aligning 
our asset footprint and production capabilities to our 
commercial ambition. Over the past two financial years, 
we have approved £45.2 million of capital projects and 
already deployed £42.6 million, demonstrating that we 
are in full action in this aspect of the strategy.

Since the beginning of this investment phase, we 
have authorised a significant proportion of these 
funds in laundry capsule production expansion 
and further capacity installation in auto dishwash 
production. This is aligned to the growth expectations 
and market developments expected under the 
commercial growth strategy.

In 2017, we completed the first phase upgrade of 
our Strzelce, Poland production facility. This project 
had the ambition of upgrading layouts, machinery 
automation and warehousing infrastructure to meet 
predicted demand growth from Germany and Eastern 
Europe. This project was completed in time for the 
rapid growth seen, especially in Germany, during the 
past nine months and is now busy with new volumes 
for major German retailers.

We continue to invest in our infrastructure with 
increased expenditure in IT upgrades and SAP 
enhancements, including the current fast track 
implementation of SAP at Danlind.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information14

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Strategic progress 
continued

3.  Organisational 
Development 

4.  Addressing 

Underperforming 
Businesses 

Creating the organisational structure and 
skills required to deliver our strategy

Addressing our underperforming  
European PCA business

As McBride embarks on its ‘Grow’ phase, a key 
element of the ‘Prepare’ phase relates to the 
human resource aspect of the Company’s platform. 
During the past twelve months we have delivered 
two key aspects of our human resource plans, 
which will give us the resources to support our 
growth initiatives.

During the autumn of 2017, we launched the 
McBride Leadership Development Programme 
with the objective of nurturing and supporting 
the development of our future business leaders, 
in a twelve-month series of sessions and projects, 
facilitated by external consultants. Our first 
programme for twelve senior managers is about to 
complete and a second wave will start this autumn.

In June 2018, we commenced a management 
re-organisation in Europe to position the business 
to more effectively deliver our growth ambition. 
As well as an alignment to product technologies 
for the operational teams we also reconfigured 
the regional sales organisations to incorporate 
the new Denmark-based sales team and a new 
dedicated France sales organisation. This change 
was a part of the ‘Prepare’ phase and is necessary 
to facilitate the implementation of an Integrated 
Business Planning process, ensuring optimum use 
of the Group’s resources, providing early alerts to 
capacity challenges and minimising inventory levels 
whilst delivering a best-in-class service offering to 
our customers. 

At our half-year results in February 2018, 
we announced plans to launch an accelerated 
transformation programme for the loss-making 
European Personal Care & Aerosols (PCA) segment 
and confirmed the disposal of the Czech-based 
Skincare business as a first step in this plan.

Since February, we have announced proposals to close 
the UK aerosols operations at Hull with the absorption 
of some volumes into the French aerosols operation. 

As the final element in the plan, in early July 2018, 
we announced that we had agreed terms with Royal 
Sanders BV for the disposal of the Group’s European 
Personal Care Liquids activities, which comprises 
two manufacturing sites at Bradford, UK and  eper, 
Belgium. The proposed transaction is expected to 
complete during the final quarter of 2018. 

These actions will see the Group exit from a major part 
of our Personal Care activities in Europe such that once 
completed, there will be a reduction in annual Group 
revenues of c.£85 million when compared to the year 
to June 2018. These remaining activities are expected 
to be operating at a break-even level from the start of 
the next financial year in July 2019.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 15

Grow

During the year, we outlined the key opportunities 
that McBride will pursue in its growth ambitions. 
We have made good initial progress with second 
half Household revenues up 3.8%. In laundry 
capsules, we have seen growth in the past twelve 
months of 15.0% whilst in auto dishwash, our other 
key category, underlying growth in the second 
half was 10.7% with specific focus on retailer wins. 
These wins were supported with continued success 
in winning industry awards in external product 
performance tests. Our acquisition of Danlind in 
2017 provides additional competence and reputation 
in auto dishwash technology. Progress has been 
made in increasing our market share with Limited 
Assortment Discounters during the past year where 
our pan-European presence, technical capability, 
production capacity and financial strength have seen 
volumes won in competitive tenders with the major 
European-wide operators. 

For many of our competitors, the current trading 
environment has seen margins eroded and funding 
becoming more challenging. This has been seen 
most actively in Germany where a key competitor 
entered administration and with continuing reports 
of others in difficulty. 

As customers see their existing supplier failing to fulfil 
orders, McBride is ready to move quickly in support 
of customers who need to change supplier to ensure 
their store shelves are stocked with product. While 
such events will be infrequent, they provide a potential 
step change in opportunities for growth. 

Meanwhile, we continue to make progress with our 
Contract Manufacturing activities. Total growth of 
the business was 3.6% for the year to 30 June 2018. 
We remain committed to this growth opportunity 
and continue to develop our knowledge and insight 
into opportunities and the key decision factors facing 
potential customers. 

The Group also remains active in consideration 
of acquisition opportunities. Whilst in the past 
six months, our focus in this area has been on 
integrating Danlind into McBride and actions relating 
to the PCA transformation strategy, we will remain 
active in seeking acquisitions in the coming years.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information16

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Executive review

Following an overall decline in 
the first half of 4.3%, second half 
underlying revenues were ahead 
by 2.9% with Household underlying 
revenues up 3.8%.

Rik De Vos
Chief Executive Officer

Chris Smith
Chief Finance Officer

Group operating results
During the year, the Group disposed of its Skincare 
business in the Czech Republic and on 3 July 2018 
agreed the terms for the sale of its European Personal 
Care Liquids business. Within these financial statements, 
the financial results of these disposed activities have 
been treated as discontinued operations in both the 
current and prior year. The remaining activities within 
the Group are referred to as continuing operations.

The use of the expression “underlying” refers to 
the figures excluding the impact of acquisitions or 
disposals and stated at constant currency.

Revenue by segment

PCA
£72.7m

Household
– UK £163.9m
– North £189.7m
– South £77.2m
– East £137.9m
–Danlind £48.4m

Adjusted operating profit 

Household £46.0m
PCA £(1.5)m
Corporate £(6.8)m

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

-10

Continuing operations 
Income statement
Full-year Group revenues at £689.8 million were 
£56.9 million (9.0%) higher than the prior year, aided 
by the translation effect of a weak Sterling and the 
acquisition of Danlind from 29 September 2017. On an 
underlying basis, full-year sales were lower by £5.1 million 
(0.8%). Following an overall decline in the first half of 
4.3%, second half underlying revenues were ahead by 
2.9% with Household underlying revenues up 3.8%.

Full-year underlying Household sales were higher by 
0.1% and PCA lower by 7.0%. In Household the increase 
was primarily as a result of the start-up of deliveries 
in the second half, from the previously disclosed 
contract wins in Germany that resulted from competitor 
weakness, and UK growth following a number of 
contract wins. These volume gains were offset by 
volume losses in France due to continuing difficult 
market conditions.

The PCA segment, which now comprises Aerosols and 
Asia, saw the Aerosols business continue to experience 
an extremely competitive environment in both the 
UK and France, with volumes declining year-on-year 
by 11.7% after a first-half year decline of 12.1%. Asia 
delivered a 2.6% year-on-year increase driven mainly 
by continued growth in Australia. 

Customer price pressure remained a feature during 
the year and at a Group level, prices were essentially 
flat overall. We experienced deflation in France and 
Eastern Europe but this was offset by some successful 
price increase actions elsewhere, mostly in the UK. 
Late in the second half year, the Group launched a 
Group-wide initiative to further recover the impact of 
the significantly higher input costs experienced over 
the last 18 months from our customers through price 
increases. 

This is a major challenge in such a highly competitive 
market, with many retailers themselves under pricing 
pressure. Whilst we have already seen some positive 
outcomes so far, these negotiations will continue 
through the coming months.

Across the full-year to June 2018, raw material prices 
increased by approximately 2.2% when compared to 
the prior year. Some 0.4% of this was driven by foreign 
exchange, mostly from the impact of the weak Sterling. 
This measure was at 4.0% for the first half before raw 
material prices levelled out early in the second half. 
With rapid volume growth in the second half, especially 
in Germany, our distribution platform has been under 
significant pressure and as a result the business has 
experienced increased distribution costs. These were 
due to higher costs associated with external storage, 
accentuated by cost pressure driven mostly by labour 
shortages in the transport and logistics market. 
The impact, with underlying volumes down 0.6%, has 
been a distribution cost increase of 6.7% or £2.9 million 
for the full year.

We continued to focus on overhead saving initiatives, 
some of which had been announced in previous years, 
although specific initiatives during the year supported 
the Group result. The combined effect of these 
initiatives amounted to a benefit of £10.5 million, which 
included lower costs for management incentives of 
£3.3 million. 

Full-year adjusted operating profit was £37.7 million 
(2017: £42.0m) with adjusted operating profit margin 
decreasing to 5.5% (2017: 6.6%), and Danlind contributing 
£1.6 million. On an underlying basis, operating profits 
were lower by £7.1 million, which comprised lower profits 
of £5.6 million in underlying Household and £2.8 million 
higher losses in PCA offset by a £1.3 million of lower 
corporate costs.

Year-end operating profit decreased by £8.5 million to 
£31.8 million (2017: £40.3m). This includes exceptional 
charges of £4.5 million, due to costs incurred as 
part of the acquisition of Danlind (£1.6m) and 
costs to reorganise the Aerosols business following 
the announcement to close the Hull site (£2.9m) 
and amortisation of £1.4 million.

‘Manufacturing our Future’ strategy

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 17

Segmental performance 
We continue to separately manage the Group’s 
Household and PCA activities and our segmental 
reporting reflects this. Danlind is reported in the financial 
year as a separate region within our Household division, 
recognising the current management and reporting 
structure. Recent organisational changes, which become 
effective from 1 July 2018 and which incorporate the 
ongoing Danlind integration and changes to PCA, will 
be reflected in an amended segmental structure for our 
2019 financial statements. 

Corporate costs, which include the costs associated 
with the Board and the Executive Leadership Team, 
governance and listed company costs and certain 
central functions (mostly associated with financial 
disciplines such as treasury), are reported separately 
to Household and PCA.

Household 
Reported revenues increased by 11.1% to £617.1 million 
(2017: £555.7m). Underlying revenues were broadly flat 
with underlying volume increases of £2.8 million offset 
by £2.6 million from lower customer pricing.

In the UK, revenues of £163.9 million were 5.5% higher 
compared to the prior year due to increased customer 
pricing (reflecting recovery of the high raw material 
prices experienced in the UK) and volume gains. 
These equated to £8.5 million as several key strategic 
customers extended their partnership with the Group.

Revenue 

UK 

North 

South 

East 

Danlind 

2018 
£m 

163.9 

189.7 

77.2 

137.9 

48.4 

617.1 

2017  Reported  Underlying 
change(1)

change 

£m 

155.4 

192.8 

76.4 

131.1 

 — 

5.5% 

5.5%

(1.6%) 

(4.6%)

1.0% 

5.2% 

— 

(1.9%)

1.8%

—

0.1%

555.7 

11.0% 

(1)  Comparatives translated at 30 June 2018 exchange rates and 

excluding the impact of the Danlind acquisition.

‘Manufacturing our 
Future’ defines a 
clear roadmap to 
restore McBride 
to its competence of 
manufacturing and 
operational excellence.

2015

2020

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Executive review 
continued

Continued operations continued
Segmental performance continued
Household continued
In the North region, the trend of the past few years 
continued, particularly in France. Volumes declined 
3.3% during the year, with overall pricing lower by 1.9%. 
Volumes in France have been impacted by both changing 
consumer behaviour and increased branded promotional 
activity. We have refocused our commercial structure to 
provide new management focus going forward.

Our South region reported a sales decline of 1.9% at 
constant currency. The Iberia business continues to 
show significant improvement, with volumes up 16.4% 
on the prior year following new business wins at the end 
of the prior financial year. Within Italy, revenues were 
down 4.9% driven by volume decline and deflationary 
pricing pressures.

The East region, covering Germany, Poland and other 
East European countries, saw volumes up on the prior 
year by 3.8% (H2: 17.5%) with prices 2.1% lower following 
the significant new business wins already referenced. 
It is pleasing that the significant operational challenges 
brought about by servicing this new business have been 
largely successfully managed and this new business 
positions the Group well in both the German market 
and the discount channels, which are both target areas 
in our growth strategy.

The combination of a number of mainly external cost 
challenges, including raw materials, labour market 
pressures and transportation costs, resulted in adjusted 
trading profit margins in this segment, excluding 
Danlind, declining from 8.8% to 7.8%. The business, 
however, is now very well positioned to take advantage 
of the strategic opportunities in the Household growth 
categories in the coming years.

Personal Care & Aerosols (PCA) 
Following the agreed sale of the European PCA Liquids 
activities and the disposal of the Skincare business 
in the Czech Republic, the continuing PCA business 
comprises the Aerosols businesses in Europe and 
Group activities in Asia.

On a reported basis, continuing revenues for PCA 
declined by 5.9% to £72.7 million (2017: £77.2m). 
Underlying revenues were lower by 7.0%, wholly driven 
by declines in European Aerosols, while Asia delivered 
growth of 2.6% at constant currency driven primarily 
by a continued expansion of our commercial activities 
in Australia. 

Overall reported profitability for this segment declined 
to a loss of £1.5 million (2017: profit £1.3m) reflecting 
the volume challenges and raw material price pressures 
within the Aerosols business and lower margins in Asia 
as a result of currency weakness of the Ringgit and 
Australian Dollar.

Exceptional items
Total exceptional items incurred in relation to the 
continuing business of £4.8 million were recorded 
during the year (2017: £1.0m). The charge primarily 
comprises the following:

•  as part of the acquisition of Danlind, exceptional 
costs of £1.6 million have been incurred to date 
relating primarily to legal and advisory fees for 
the transaction and certain integration costs; and
•  reorganisation costs in the period of £2.9 million 
relating to redundancies and associated costs 
following the management decision to close the 
Aerosols site in Hull; and

•  exceptional finance charges of £0.3 million incurred 
as part of the refinancing of the Danlind banking 
arrangements.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 19

Discontinued operations
Income statement
The discontinued operations in the current year relate 
to the activities in the year for the disposed Skincare 
business at Brno and the European Personal Care 
Liquids business, for which terms to sell the business 
were agreed on 3 July 2018. 

Brno was disposed of during February 2018 and nine 
months of trade in the current financial year have been 
included in these results. During the year, this business 
generated revenues of £9.0 million (2017: £12.5m) with 
adjusted trading profit at break-even (2017: £0.1m loss).

In the twelve months to June 2018 the European 
Personal Care Liquids business generated revenues of 
£56.2 million (2017: £59.8m) and an adjusted trading 
profit loss of £1.5 million (2017: £0.4m loss). Previously 
allocated costs of £1.5 million shared with Household 
and Aerosols operations that will neither transfer to the 
new business owners nor exit from McBride have been 
retained in continuing operating costs. The net assets of 
these operations that will be disposed of (£10.9 million) 
are treated as an asset held for sale within the balance 
sheet. Proceeds of the sale will be used to pay down 
Group net debt and settle transaction costs. 

Exceptional items
Total exceptional items of £17.2 million in relation to 
the discontinued business were recorded during the 
year (2017: £nil). The charge primarily comprises 
the following:

•  the business has undertaken a strategic review 
of the PCA business, culminating with the sale 
of Personal Care Liquids. As a result, £16.1 million 
exceptional costs have been incurred in relation 
to redundancies (£1.2m), the impairment of plant 
and machinery (£6.2m) and the re-measurement 
of assets of a disposal group to assets held for sale 
(£8.5m); as a result the goodwill allocated to PCA 
(£0.2m) has been fully impaired; and

•  a net charge of £1.1 million has been taken in relation 

to the Czech Republic-based Skincare business 
at Brno, comprising: the release of £3.0 million 
contingent consideration following the acquisition 
of the remaining 30% of the business for £nil 
consideration; and a £4.1 million charge following 
the impairment review triggered by the sale of 
100% of the business.

Other financial information – total Group
Net finance costs
Underlying finance costs reduced by £2.4 million to 
£4.5 million (2017: £6.9m) with the main part of the 
reduction the result of the benefits of the Group’s 
refinancing initiative completed in June 2017.

(1)  Trading working capital consists inventories, trade receivables 

and trade payables.

Profit before tax and tax rate
Adjusted profit before taxation from continuing 
operations reduced by £1.9 million to £33.2 million 
(2017: £35.1m). Reported profit before taxation from 
continuing operations was £26.5 million (2017: £19.7m). 
The tax charge on adjusted profit before tax for the 
period of £10.0 million (2017: £10.8m) represents a 
30% (2017: 31%) effective tax rate.

Earnings per share
On an adjusted basis, diluted earnings per share (EPS) 
from continuing operations fell slightly to 12.7p from 
13.3p in the prior year. Total adjusted EPS decreased 
by 7.6% to 12.1 pence (2017: 13.1p) with basic EPS at 
1.9 pence (2017: 4.9p). 

Payments to shareholders
In line with the policy on payments to shareholders, 
the Group expects to distribute adjusted earnings 
to shareholders based on a dividend cover range of 
2x–3x progressive with earnings of the Group, taking 
into account funding availability.

Following the interim payment of 1.5 pence declared in 
February 2018, the Board recommends a final payment 
of 2.8 pence (2017: 2.9p) to shareholders such that the 
full-year payment remains unchanged at 4.3 pence 
(2017: 4.3p). It is intended this will be issued using 
the Company’s B Share scheme.

Balance sheet and net debt
Return on capital employed fell to 22.5% (2017: 28.0%). 
Trading working capital(1) as a percentage of sales 
decreased from 10.7% at 30 June 2017 to 10.6% at the 
end of the year but excluding Danlind, the underlying 
trading working capital percentage decreased 
from 10.7% to 9.0%. Focus on the level of working 
capital invested in Danlind forms a key part of the 
post-acquisition synergy programme and we expect 
working capital levels to move into line with the Group 
average over the coming twelve months.

For the year end, cash generated from operations before 
exceptional items was £43.0 million (2017: £63.3m). 
Capital expenditure increased during the year to 
£23.6 million (2017: £17.7m) in cash terms. This is in line 
with our planned £100 million programme of capital 
expenditure over the four years to 2021. The cash 
impact from changes in working capital saw an outflow 
of £8.9 million (2017: £3.1m inflow) mainly comprising 
payments relating to prior year incentive schemes, 
quarterly tax charges and the settlement of aged tax 
payments which occurred in the year accounting for 
most of the movement.

During the year, a cash consideration of £10.4 million 
was paid to acquire Danlind, with net debt of 
£25.3 million assumed by the Group on acquisition. 
This has contributed to year-end net debt increasing 
to £114.3 million (2017: £75.7m). 

The Group’s balance sheet remains robust with net 
assets of £67.6 million (2017: £64.2m). Gearing rose to 
71% (2017: 50%) with the debt cover ratio increasing to 
2.1x (2017: 1.2x) primarily driven by the financing of the 
Danlind acquisition.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information20

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Executive review 
continued

Other financial information – total Group continued
Covenants
The Group’s funding arrangements are subject to 
covenants, representations and warranties that are 
customary for unsecured borrowing facilities, including 
two financial covenants: Debt Cover (the ratio of net 
debt to EBITDA) may not exceed 3:1 and Interest Cover 
(the ratio of EBITDA to net interest) may not be less 
than 4:1. For the purpose of these calculations, net debt 
excludes amounts drawn under the invoice discounting 
facilities. The Group remains comfortably within 
these covenants. 

Pensions
The Group operates a funded defined benefit scheme 
in the UK. At 30 June 2018, the Group recognised a 
deficit on its UK scheme of £28.5 million (2017: £40.0m). 
The reduction during the year is primarily due to 
reduced liability values as a result of increased yields 
on corporate bonds.

The Group has other unfunded post-employment 
benefit obligations outside the UK that amounted 
to £2.4 million (2017: £2.2m).

Current trading and outlook
In the current year we remain focused on the profitable 
delivery of our anticipated volume growth whilst 
continuing to take actions to mitigate strong input 
cost inflation, including commercial price recovery 
from our customers. We will also maintain close control 
of overheads whilst investing in key focus areas that 
enable McBride to fully exploit its scale and cost 
advantage within its supply chain.

Revenues in the first few months of the new financial year 
have been satisfactory and whilst certain cost pressures 
persist, at this stage the Board remains confident the 
Group will achieve its full-year expectations.

Rik De Vos 
Chief Executive Officer 

6 September 2018

Chris Smith
Chief Finance Officer

Our KPIs

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 21

Whilst our trading performance in the year ended slightly 
behind our early expectations, we have continued to 
outperform our sector both financially and operationally 
in what has been a particularly challenging environment.

Labour cost/revenue (%)

Customer service level (%)

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

19.7

19.0

19.0

19.7

[•]
19.8

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

95.1

95.1

98.3

98.5

98.1

Labour cost as a percentage of revenue.

Volume of products delivered in the correct volumes 
and within agreed timescales as a percentage of total 
volumes ordered by customers.

Adjusted operating margin (%)(1)

Return on capital employed (ROCE) (%)

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

4.8

5.9

5.3

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

4.0

3.0

22.5

23.4

27.7

18.8

12.7

Adjusted operating profit as a percentage of revenue.

Adjusted operating profit as a percentage of average 
year-end net assets excluding net debt.

(1)  2018 adjusted operating profit as a percentage of revenue on 

a continuing basis is 5.5%.

Adjusted operating profit (£m)(2)

Debt/adjusted EBITDA

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

36.2

36.2

41.5

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

28.5

22.0

1.2

2.1

1.7

1.9

1.9

Operating profit before adjusting items.

Net debt divided by EBITDA.

(2) 2018 adjusted operating profit on a continuing basis is £37.7 million.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information22

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Strategy in action – case study

Danlind
Integration actions yield early results

The know-how of McBride in product composition 
was combined with the advanced product compression 
technology in Danlind, generating a product that 
demonstrated superior product performance. 

The product design was so successful that it won 
the 2018 German Consumer Test Award (‘StiWa’) for 
Best Product and immediately gained recognition in 
the German market, delivering sales and customer 
growth. The consumer testing also showed our product 
to be superior to the branded products on offer in the 
market. This has been a great success!

On 29 September 2017, McBride welcomed the Danlind 
team into the Group. Given the different nature and 
culture of both organisations, a short-term project 
was established to identify and plan the integration 
and synergy delivery over the coming years. A key 
output was to identify quick opportunities to deliver 
early synergies and strong success stories. These 
were found in a number of areas, but probably most 
impactful has shown to be the immediate integration 
of the Product and Process R&D teams from both 
companies.

Both organisations, active of course in the auto dishwash 
category, identified the same opportunities and 
challenges in the markets they were operating in. 
A key opportunity with higher-performing auto dishwash 
products, especially for the German market, where 
the balance of a price-competitive product from an 
affordable technical solution was challenging a drive 
for further operational efficiency. Solutions for this 
challenge were identified through strong collaboration 
between both groups. 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 23

Strategy in action – case study

Developing talent
Increasing the leadership capability  
for our future growth ambition

We recognise that growing our business means growing 
our people. With strategic objectives established, we 
wanted a development programme that would improve 
the leadership capability of future leaders. Individuals 
who could perform successfully in leadership roles that 
are one or two levels above their current roles, ideally 
over the next two to five years. Ultimately embedding a 
clear leadership brand throughout the business, ‘Smart 
Growth Leader’ – a common understanding of what 
leaders should know, be and do. 

Using a talent management tool to assess performance 
and potential, individuals were identified as part of our 
talent pool. We also aligned talent management with 
Company strategy in an exercise to define consistent 
leadership criteria and competencies which would 
provide a framework and objectives for the programme.

The McBride Leadership Programme was launched 
in autumn 2017, with twelve participants graduating 
in September 2018. A further eleven participants have 
joined a second programme that has just started.

Built around three modules – Leading Self, Leading 
Others and Leading Strategic Change – reflection is 
applied to determine the type of leader the participant 
is; the type of leader they aspire to be and why; and 
the action that will be taken to further develop their 
leadership skills. Participants are also set a real-time 
strategic business project that offers stretch, in line 
with respective development objectives. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information24

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Strategy in action – case study

Fabric conditioner
A simpler, stronger product portfolio  
to win in a strategic category

One of the key categories identified by the Group as 
a strategic growth opportunity within the five-year 
‘Growth’ plan is fabric conditioners.

In this category, historically McBride has not competed 
well and not won contracts against emerging and 
aggressive private label local competitors, while also 
missing out on organic growth opportunities with those 
customers where we have been the supplier of choice. 

The category is in growth at European level and in 
the last couple of years has seen a phase of renewed 
interest and attention from both retailers and brand 
owners, leading to the launch of innovative products 
that have been primarily focused on the sensorial 
benefits and, in particular, the fragrances that a 
consumer experiences during the product usage 
and on the garments once being used.

In 2017, McBride identified and appointed a leading 
fragrance consultancy firm to help develop the Group’s 
capabilities around perfume development, assessment 
and implementation across our Private Label offering. 
The fabric conditioner category was selected as the pilot 
category for this innovative fragrance partnership model. 

The review developed an in-depth understanding 
of what type of fragrances could match customer 
needs and expectations across all our European 
markets. At the same time, using new encapsulation 
technologies, we were able to improve the product 
experience for consumers with longer-lasting, 
fresh-smelling garments as a result of using the 
new products. 

This created the platform for a simpler, more 
cost-effective and rationalised portfolio of fragrances 
for McBride to implement across all markets, 
while offering an element of true innovation and 
differentiation to compete more effectively on new 
contract opportunities.

McBride has identified the discounter channel as a key 
growth target within its five-year strategic plan and this 
new product offering has been successful in winning 
new business with one of the major European retailers 
in this channel, with the launch of this fabric conditioner 
product range across multiple countries in the second 
half of 2018.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 25

Strategy in action – case study

Laundry capsules
Translating technology leadership  
into new commercial opportunities

Laundry capsules represent one of the strongest core 
competences of McBride when it comes to technologies 
and product formats. Over the last ten years, the Group 
has established itself as a market leader in this sector. 
The market continues to enjoy significant growth across 
all European markets, with major investments from 
the large-scale brand owners and increasing space 
dedicated by retailers to this product offering, for 
both brands and private label.

This sustained growth trend has driven higher focus on 
the product format from all the key European-based 
laundry liquid manufacturers, and McBride has taken a 
number of proactive steps in the last twelve months to 
innovate and further develop its capabilities in laundry 
capsules to protect and strengthen its leadership 
position in the sector, with three strategic development 
initiatives being consequently launched.

The first initiative has been focused on packaging, 
which is a key component of the laundry capsules 
product offering. Based on both market insights and 
proprietary consumer research, the Group has identified 
the plastic tub, as opposed to flexible pouches, as the 
format with the best consumer functionality and appeal. 
Additionally, the technical packaging group completed 
a project to add a child safety system or ‘CIC’ to the 
closures of the tubs, an important requirement that 
was not met by any other private label products in 
the market. 

These two developments have driven an investment 
plan at manufacturing level to increase capacity and 
efficiencies to ensure these features are made available 
to all McBride customers as a standard feature.

Another significant trend in the laundry market is the 
compaction of the detergent formulations, aiming 
to reduce the amount of unnecessary water utilised 
both in the industrial production and the final product 
specifications. McBride has fully embraced the 
compaction opportunity, developing an innovative 
super-concentrated product format that is now 
entering the commercialisation phase and will allow 
McBride to capture more effectively some new market 
opportunities and distribution channels like e-commerce 
and direct marketing. 

The third area of development focus in the last 
twelve months has been product functionality. McBride 
has invested significant resources into a marketing and 
consumer research study to clearly establish the product 
performance and design features that can best drive 
shopper purchase decisions and thus growth for the 
private label offering. The key learnings have led to the 
successful development of a new multi-chamber capsule 
format, which the Group is now ready to commercialise 
with targeted retailers and in selected markets and 
geographies in the coming fiscal year.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information26

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Strategy in action – case study

Dishwasher tablet investment
Capacity and capability enhancements  
in a key growth category

This multi-disciplined team, including the new 
Danlind team, comprising R&D, Manufacturing and 
Commercial colleagues have been recalibrating our 
approach – gaining deeper understanding of the test, 
tracking competitor performance, formulating (and 
reformulating!) and industrialising into our facilities. 
In February 2018, we were proud to say that one of our 
dishwasher tablets scored first in the StiWa testing – 
beating branded and private label competitors alike. 

McBride is the dishwasher tablet partner of choice – 
able to offer our customers and their consumers a range 
of formats and performance tailored to their needs.

The demand for dishwasher tablets continues to grow 
in the market, and McBride has invested in a new line 
this year which not only creates additional capacity to 
satisfy this, but also provides us with a solution to offer 
the latest product technology as the category continues 
to evolve in terms of product format.

We have invested over £2 million in our Barrow facility 
to install a line which has the capability to produce 
tablets in a soluble-shrink film which can be sold 
in a doypack format. This means that McBride can 
now offer a soluble shrink option from all three of its 
dishwasher tablet manufacturing sites as customer 
trends towards convenience combines the absence 
need for a removable flow-wrap with the aesthetics 
that shrink-wrap delivers.

But it is not just about format where we have been 
investing – we have also been investing in product 
performance. The Stiftung Warentest (‘StiWa’) is the 
leading European testing house for consumer goods 
and very much sets the performance benchmark not 
only in its native Germany, but across Europe. Over the 
last three years, our team has been working tirelessly 
to improve the StiWa result of our products. 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 27

Strategy in action – case study

Helping drive the circular  
economy with recycled plastics

Many of our sparkling clear bottles are made of a 
polymer called polyethylene terephthalate (known as 
PET). This plastic, which is made from polyester, is fully 
recyclable and we are now introducing post-consumer 
recycled PET (known as RPET) into our PET bottles. 
RPET in place of some of the virgin material typically 
results in reduced energy consumption and reduced 
environmental impact. All of this helps drive the circular 
economy, ensuring we strive to minimise our impact on 
the environment.

Polyethylene (PE) is another plastic material we use 
for bottles. Polyethylene is used in bottles which need 
a softer feel and are usually coloured. Although more 
technically difficult to reprocess, we are launching 
a new range of bottles made from 50% post-consumer 
recycled polyethylene in the UK in November 2018. 
Our aim is to extend this concept to other countries 
as we develop the technology further.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information28

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Principal risks and uncertainties

The Group continues to identify, manage 
and mitigate risk and uncertainty within a 
continued dynamic and changing market.

There have been no material changes from the 
prior year.

This is not intended to be an exhaustive list. 
Additional risks not presently known to  
management, or risks currently deemed to  
be less material/strategically important,  
may also have potential to cause an adverse  
impact on our business.

The Group continues to identify, manage and mitigate 
risk and uncertainty to support the successful delivery of 
its strategy. The risk management process is undertaken 
within the current context of key macroeconomic 
risks; including retail market dynamics across Europe, 
sustainability pressures from both consumers and 
governments, and the continued uncertainty surrounding 
the UK’s decision to exit the EU.

From the outputs of the Group’s risk management 
process (details found within the Corporate governance 
section on page 44) the Board has identified those 
risks which are deemed principal to its business due to 
their potential severity and link to the Group’s strategy, 
key markets and principal operations.

Risk radar of principal risks and uncertainties 2018

Short-term strategic

Medium-term strategic

Longer-term emerging

ance
Fin

g
n

i

s
a
h
c

r

u

P

L

e

g

a

l 

t e m s

I T   &   s y s

Consum

er

C onsu m er & 
custo m er trends

Market 
competitiveness

I

T

s

e

c

u

r

i

t

y

Financial risks
I n p u t   c o s t s
Legislatio n

C

u

s

t

o

m

e

r

M
a
r
k
e
t
/
i
n
d
u
s
t
ry

&

 r

e

g

ulatory

Governance,  p e o p l e
& organisa t i o n

p ly c h ain
H S E)
c l.  Q

S

u

p
(i n

 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 29

Consumer and customer trends
Loss of key category and customer positions through lack of insight  
and/or understanding of consumer and customer-driven trends

Link to 
strategy: 

 Prepare  

Change

 Grow

Risk impact

Mitigation

Key developments

•   No clear understanding and strategy 
related to customer and consumer 
trends, especially in growing areas of the  
market, could result in loss of customer 
confidence and potentially lead to 
a loss of business due to supplying 
a non-relevant offer

•   Integrated five-year business plan linking 
targeted customer/channel growth to 
asset investments

•   Strategic long-term key account planning 
and channel strategies for discount and 
e-commerce

•   Use of appropriate macro trend insights 
on consumer, technology, environment 
and regulation, translating into medium 
and long-term development plans

Market competitiveness
Loss of key category and customer positions through  
inability to continue supply or uncompetitive cost position

•   Strategic five-year planning model 

covering existing core and new markets

•   Differential investment in consumer 
insight and marketing capabilities
•   Continued review and evaluation of 

sustainability trends, with development 
planning in the areas of plastics within 
the circular economy 

•  Enhanced marketing capabilities to 

ensure proactive modelling in the area 
of customer and competitor intelligence

Link to 
strategy: 

 Prepare  

Change

 Grow

Risk impact

Mitigation

Key developments

•   Lack of investment to maintain cost 

•   Strategic projects with ring-fenced 

•   The recently changed organisational 

leadership

•   Growing international ambition and 

resources deliver differentiated proposition 
at lower cost through scale application

capability of key competitors

•   Key projects are prioritised, with 

•   Changing customer dynamics, including 

mergers and buying collaborations 
leading to increasing strengthening of 
major retailers’ leverage over suppliers 
on pricing and specification

•   Failure to deliver targeted strategic asset 
and distribution improvement projects 
leading to uncompetitive costs

allocated resources required to support 
management

•   Capital expenditure is controlled through 

robust planning, budgeting and monitoring 
controls at regional and Group levels to 
ensure successful project results

•   The Group’s geographic and functional 

matrix structure enables effective change 
management throughout the business

structure creates a more operationally 
focused leadership team, which 
reinforces the Group’s strategy to exploit 
scale and ability to compete on cost

•   Capital expenditure projects to 

complement growth strategy identified 
and initiated

•  Enhanced marketing capabilities to 

ensure proactive modelling in the area 
of customer and competitor intelligence

Input costs
Majority of product costs associated with raw materials,  
therefore significant risks associated with commodity markets

Link to 
strategy: 

 Prepare  

Change

 Grow

Risk impact

Mitigation

Key developments

•   A time lag between raw material price 
increases and recovery through pricing 
initiatives, with potential negative impact 
on profits

•   Significant proportion of UK raw 

materials sourced from EU markets; 
UK exit from the EU could lead to 
potential volatility in raw material costs 
in the medium term

•   A well resourced purchasing function with 
specialist knowledge and understanding 
of key markets

•   Strong internal processes to track trends 
and integrate into forecasting and price 
recovery plans

•   The Group is not overly reliant on any one 
supplier and continual alternative supplier 
scenario planning takes place

•   Continued active drive to secure cost 

optimisation strategy wherever possible

•   Financial benefits of decomplexing 

raw materials and packaging portfolios 
being delivered

•  Creation of high-level early warning 
tool to allow greater visibility of 
material inflation

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information30

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Principal risks and uncertainties  
continued

Legislation
Continuing high level of significant legislative and regulatory  
requirements in the countries in which the Group sells its products

Link to 
strategy: 

 Prepare  

Change

 Grow

Risk impact

Mitigation

Key developments

•  The Group is subject to laws and 

•  The Group is an active member of 

regulations covering areas such as 
product safety, environment, labelling, 
health and safety, intellectual property, 
tax and financial accounting

•  Rapidly changing laws and related 

interpretations, as well as increased 
enforcement actions, create challenges 
for the Group and industry as a whole

relevant trade associations and industry 
bodies, which allows for the monitoring 
of impending legislation. Where 
appropriate, the Group will input into 
government consultations which affect 
our products or industry

•   Experienced cross-functional project 
teams, with dedicated resource, to 
ensure successful implementation whilst 
minimising cost and disruption to the 
Group and its customers

•  During the last twelve months actions 
have been taken to strengthen the 
relevant teams and systems in this area

Financial risks
Multinational operations expose business  
to a variety of financial risks

Link to 
strategy: 

 Prepare  

Change

 Grow

Risk impact

Mitigation

Key developments

•   Risks associated with foreign currency 

•   Strong and established financial 

exchange rates, interest rates, commodity 
prices, credit and taxation could impact 
profitability and cash flows

framework monitoring whilst maintaining 
appropriate levels of liquidity and 
covenant commitments

•   Potential financial risks from the UK 

•   Foreign exchange risk managed by 

exiting the EU and associated political 
uncertainty has the potential to create a 
degree of unpredictability for short-term 
and medium-term economic forecasts, 
as well as a potential adverse impact 
on the Company’s liquidity, funding, 
creditworthiness and share price valuation 

hedging mitigating effects on UK import 
costs and translation of Euro profits

•   Robust framework established to ensure 
compliance with all international tax 
legislation, including publication of 
tax strategy

•   Continued strong relationships with 
banking partners, with main Group 
banking facilities refinanced in June 2017 
and committed until 2022. This increases 
both certainty and flexibility whilst 
reducing costs for the Group

•   Cross-functional team actively monitors 

significant developments related to 
the UK’s exit from the EU, enabling 
contingency modelling and planning 
for a full a range of scenarios

Breach of IT security
System security breach could result in loss  
of sensitive data and/or business disruption

Link to 
strategy: 

 Prepare  

Change

Risk impact

Mitigation

Key developments

•   Loss of key and sensitive business data 

as a result of security breaches, external 
hacking and/or cyber threats 

•   Loss of IT services and systems, resulting 

in significant business disruption

•  Continual review of security policies, 
controls and technologies in place in 
the Group to protect commercial and 
sensitive data

•   Monitoring of developments in cyber 
security; engaging with third party 
specialists where appropriate

•   Alignment to changes in legislation 

assessed and implemented, 
including GDPR

•   Continued investment in IT systems, 

infrastructure and security to enhance 
effectiveness of controls and minimise/
remove vulnerabilities

•   A follow-up independent audit 

exercise to evaluate the adequacy and 
effectiveness of IT security developments 
made within the Group to take place in 
the second half of 2018

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 31

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2016, 
the Board has taken into consideration these principal risks and 
uncertainties when determining whether to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting and when assessing the prospects 
of the Group when preparing its viability statement. 

Going concern statement
The Group’s business activities, together with 
the factors likely to affect its future development, 
performance and position, are set out in the Strategic 
report. The financial position of the Group, its cash 
flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are 
described in the Executive review on pages 16 to 20. 
In addition, note 21 to the financial statements includes 
the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for 
managing its capital; its financial risk management 
objectives; details of its financial instruments and 
hedging activities; and its exposures to credit and 
liquidity risks.

The Group meets its funding requirements through 
internal cash generation and bank credit facilities, 
most of which are committed until June 2022. 
At 30 June 2018, committed undrawn facilities and net 
cash position amounted to £80.7 million The Group’s 
forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably 
possible changes in trading performance, show that 
the Group will be able to operate comfortably within 
its current bank facilities. The Group has a relatively 
conservative level of debt to earnings.

As a result, the Directors believe that the Group is 
well placed to manage its business risks successfully 
despite the current uncertain economic outlook. 
After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue 
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements.

Viability statement
In accordance with the requirements of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (‘the Code’), the Directors have 
performed a robust assessment of the principal risks 
facing the Group, including those that would threaten its 
business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. 
The Board has determined that a three-year period to 
30 June 2021 constitutes an appropriate period over 
which to provide its viability statement.

In assessing the Group’s viability the Directors have 
considered the current financial position of the Group 
and its principal risks and uncertainties as described 
on pages 29 to 30. The analysis considers severe but 
plausible downside scenarios incorporating the principal 
risks from a financial and operational perspective, 
with the resulting impact on key metrics, such as debt 
headroom and covenants, considered. The alternative 
scenarios assume sensitivity around exchange rates 
and interest rates, along with significant reductions 
in revenue, margins and cash flow over the three-year 
period. In all cases the business model remained 
robust, funding capacity sufficient and covenants fully 
complied with. The Group’s global footprint, product 
diversification and access to external financing all 
provide resilience against these factors and the other 
principal risks that the Group is exposed to. After 
conducting their viability review, the Directors confirm 
that they have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will be able to continue in operation and meet 
its liabilities as they fall due over the three-year period 
of their assessment to 30 June 2021.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information32

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate responsibility

The efficiency initiatives we are executing are contributing 
significantly to our sustainability progress in all aspects of 
our business – for our people, our products, our customers 
and the environment.

compacted
products cut emissions 
and reduce packaging

89.4%

of waste generated, 
recycled, reused 
and recovered

£20,000

awarded by the 
Charitable Trust

small plastic beads
eliminated  

from our products 
since 2015

water use down 

2.6%

energy  
consumption
reduced
by 1%

active  
participation in  
A.I.S.E. initiatives

green energy

1.1%

of total energy

committed  
to the support  
of Sustainable  
Palm Oil

Environmental

Production and operations 
Objective: To continue reducing our  
environmental impact through efficient and 
effective process design, production and 
operational sustainability.

Link to strategy: 

  Grow Launch of our five-year sustainability plan 
2019–2024. Further focus on improvement in 
managing waste in our manufacturing processes

Sustainability plan
Our five-year sustainability plan will be launched in 
the first half of the 2019 calendar year, focusing on all 
aspects of sustainability that relate to our operations 
and products, our people and communities and our 
impact on the environment. The plan will allow us to 
continue to deliver in the key areas most important to 
our customers and other stakeholders. We are aware 
of a growing need to address issues like plastics and, as 
part of our plan, we are building these into our packaging 
design programmes to support the reduction in 
packaging weight and to increase the recycled content 
in a range of our plastic packaging. The sustainability 
plan outlines additional initiatives for our operations 
and services, which include further formulation 
compaction and the removal of chemicals of concern. 
We also have plans to create more sustainable offices, 
with new sustainability champions leading on recycling 
and energy saving initiatives. With respect to our 
people and communities, we are also proud of all the 
charity and community activities already undertaken 
across the McBride Group via the McBride Charitable 
Trust. The five-year sustainability plan will support the 
continuation of our operational excellence model.

Working together to reduce waste
Examples during the year include:

•  in Estaimpuis, energy consumption has been reduced 
by replacing old machinery. A new server room air 
conditioning system and the replacement of two 
air compressors has reduced electricity usage for 
a more eco-friendly and cost efficient approach; 
•  in Rosporden, colleagues are considerate about 
their own environmental impact by sorting food 
waste in the cafeteria and ensuring waste is recycled 
wherever possible; and

•  in Barrow, colleagues have extended weekend 

shut-down procedures across the site in those areas 
where it has been identified that machinery is not 
required. Further energy reduction has been achieved 
through the implementation of LED design solutions 
for high-end users of energy such as dust extraction 
and heating and the removal of other equipment that 
wastes energy. A drive on communication about the 
importance of saving energy, has lead colleagues to 
be proactive in thinking of ways to operate in a more 
sustainable way.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 33

Total Group energy consumption

l

s
e
u
o
G

j

800k

600k

400k

200k

0

616,402

615,562

1,602

1,633

1,702

593,450

1,654

1,656

560,907

555,774

2013/14

2014/15

2015/16

2016/17

2017/18

1,750

1,700

1,650

1,600

1,550

1,500

1,450

1,400

1,350

1,300

j

G
r
e
p
n
o
i
t
c
u
d
o
r
p
g
k

Oil

Gas

Electricity non-green

Electricity green

Efficiency

Total Group energy consumption reduced by 1% to 
555,774 Gjoules (2017: 560,907 Gjoules) during the 
year. At the same time we achieved energy efficiency 
of 1,656kg production/Gjoule (2017: 1,654kg production/
Gjoule), a similar level to last year, but still a strong 
improvement from previous years, confirming the 
benefits of our continued operational excellence model.

Greenhouse gas
We have been calculating our Scope 1 and 2 GHG 
emissions since 2008 in accordance with the relevant 
GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting 
Standards and latest emissions factors from recognised 
sources, based upon market values.

The overall impact on our operations for Scope 1 and 
Scope 2 emissions was 36,603 tonnes of CO2e emissions 
(2017: 39,111 tCO2e) with CO2e efficiency of 25,138kg 
product/tCO2e (2017: 23,719kg product/tCO2e).

Net Scope 1 and 2 CO2e emissions (tonnes CO2e)

2018 

2017 

2016 

2009 

36,603

39,111

42,164

62,212

Split of energy source index including 
green element of supplier grid mix 2017/18

1.1% 

Solar power

0.6%  Fuel oil

27.7%  Gas

30.0%  Supplier mix 

with zero carbon

40.6%  Supplier  
non-green

The Group is continually examining alternative 
options for further use of potential sources of green 
energy, with the overriding objective to reduce 
overall energy consumption and thereby improve 
our long-term energy efficiency. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
34

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate responsibility continued

Social

Our people
Objective: To create an environment 
where people want to work and are able  
to give their best.
Link to strategy: 

  Prepare To ensure that a framework is in place 
to allow all colleagues to have the opportunity 
to reach their potential

Employee support
A key principle of our business success is creating a 
culture whereby all colleagues across the Group are 
recognised as a valuable asset and supported to become 
fully engaged, aligned and achieve their full potential.

Our SMART Growth HR strategy recognises that each 
phase of our ‘Manufacturing our Future’ strategy 
requires different styles, skills and experiences. 
Our recruitment, talent management and training and 
development programmes ensure the Group maintains 
a large pool of talent to deliver its strategic objectives.

Diversity
We recognise and value all forms of diversity in our 
employees and endeavour to promote diversity in our 
workplace to enhance the success of our business.

Gender split 2018
Female Directors

1

6

17%

Female executive leadership

3

6

50%

Female senior management

12

56

21%

Female total workforce

1,467

4,076

36%

Gender pay gap reporting
We report annually on our gender pay gap to meet 
our UK legal obligations. Our Gender Pay Gap Report 
is available on our website.

Wellbeing
We strive to maintain a safe workplace at all locations 
we operate in and all colleagues participate in the 
development, promotion and maintenance of a safe 
and healthy environment.

125

121

140

120

100

80

60

40

116

113

99

97

96

94

2008
/09

2009
/10

2010
/11

2011
/12

2012
/13

2013
/14

2014
/15

2015
/16

Number of LTIs > 3 days

72

2017
/18

58

2016
/17

500 days for Rosporden
In July, Rosporden colleagues celebrated 500 days 
without a Lost Time Incident, breaking their previous 
record of 258 days. The achievement shows great 
teamwork and commitment to health and safety 
in the workplace driven by the local leadership 
team and Quality, Heath, Safety and Environment 
management. 

Human rights
We take the issue of human rights seriously and 
continue to strengthen our policies and management 
systems in this area. Our employee policies are set 
locally to comply with local law within the overall Group 
framework and we monitor the employment practices 
of our supply chain.

We carry out third-party ethical audits which are 
run under the Sedex System wherever possible or, 
alternatively, under a specific retailer’s own system. 
All conform with the Ethical Trading Initiative (ETI) 
and our sites are independently audited at a frequency 
determined by risk. We maintain full data disclosure 
under the Sedex System for all sites, regardless of 
audit frequency.

Our Supplier Code of Conduct sets out the standards 
of behaviour we expect from all of our suppliers. As a 
minimum standard, we adhere to the provisions of the 
ETI and require every supplier to ensure that our Code 
of Conduct is complied with, along with national and 
other applicable law. Our Supplier Code of Conduct is 
published on our website and any breach of the Code 
may result in a termination of business relationship 
with a supplier. 

Our Anti-Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement 
(available on our website www.mcbride.co.uk) enshrines 
our obligations under the Modern Slavery Act 2015. 
We are committed to ensuring there is transparency in 
both our own business and in our approach to tackling 
modern slavery in our supply chain. 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 35

Compacted products providing 
effective cleaning performance
In the European market, detergents are becoming more 
concentrated; this has allowed for a reduction in raw 
materials and packaging, in turn reducing waste and 
CO2 emissions. During 2018, we launched our latest 
innovation, a 14ml soluble sachet, which is over 40% 
more compacted than leading brands in the market. 
The soluble capsule allows for a controlled dose, 
ensuring only the correct level of ingredients are used, 
minimising the impact on the environment and cost of 
wash for the consumer.

Safe and effective packaging
Product safety continues to be a driver in our 
development process, be it in the ingredients used in 
product formulations or the packaging used to contain 
our products. Our packaging is designed to safely 
transport and protect products and we are one of the 
first manufacturers to launch to the European market, 
detergent containers compliant with the new Product 
Steward Programme, a voluntary initiative launched 
by the International Association for Soaps, Detergents 
and Maintenance Products to promote best practice 
in the industry in relation to the safety and wellbeing 
of consumers.

Product and design 
Objective: To design, create and supply  
value products, which are safe to use,  
whilst minimising environmental impact.
Link to strategy: 

  Grow To ensure that our sustainability capabilities 
become integral to product development and 
customer proposition

Our responsibilities
We are fully aware of our quality and safety 
responsibilities to our customers and to consumers 
who use our products. We also take environmental 
responsibilities seriously and, where possible, work with 
customers and accredited ecological bodies to reduce 
potential environmental impact.

Animal testing
Our animal testing policy ensures we do not test 
products on animals, nor request testing of products 
or ingredients by any supplier or third party.

Eco labels
Our scientists have developed product ranges for 
our customers which meet the major Eco labels for 
household products in Europe. The acquisition of 
Danlind has further consolidated our range in this 
area by adding products specifically manufactured for 
Nordic countries. We now have accreditations available 
covering European Eco label, Blue Angel Eco label and 
Nordic Swan Eco label.

To qualify for these Eco labels, products have to comply 
with a tough set of criteria. The environmental criteria, 
set by a panel of experts from a number of stakeholders, 
including both consumer and industry organisations, 
take the whole product life cycle into account – from 
the extraction of the raw materials to production and 
packaging and transport, right through to end use and 
then the potential for recycling. This life cycle approach 
guarantees that the products’ environmental impact 
is reduced in comparison to similar products on the 
market but also ensures that fitness-for-use criteria 
are met to guarantee good product performance for 
the customer.

DIC   S W AN EC

O

L

A

B

E

L

R
O
N

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information36

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate responsibility continued

Community

Community and society
Objective: To ensure that McBride’s  
products and operations benefit our people,  
local communities and wider society.
Link to strategy: 

   Grow To measure and promote McBride’s 
positive impact on society

At McBride we have made the conscious decision to 
increase our contribution to charity through several means 
in order to help those who are in need in our society.

2. Wellbeing

The Trust continues to support colleagues by driving 
initiatives that promote colleague health and wellbeing, 
whilst generating funds for chosen charities. This year 
the Trust has encouraged colleagues to be active and 
participate in different ways of raising money for local 
and national cancer-related charity organisations. 

Charitable Trust
McBride’s Charitable Trust continues with their mission to 
provide financial support to McBride colleagues’ children 
in their further education through an educational grants 
programme and to support colleagues with charity 
initiatives in the interest of their health and wellbeing, 
by donating to selected charity organisations with a 
focus on cancer in either their local or wider community.

Initiatives supported by the Trust include:

•  a team walk up Mount Snowdon to raise money 

for the British Lung Foundation;

•  an assault course in aid of Macmillan Cancer 
Research in which 18 colleagues participated;
•  longest Golf Day, in support of Macmillan Cancer 
Research with participation from members of UK 
Finance and UK Operations team;

The purpose of the Charitable Trust is:

•  to support colleagues;
•  to support the community; and
•  to support wider society.

During the year, a new trustee board has focused on 
driving awareness of the Charitable Trust and has secured 
a five-year plan for the Trust’s three areas of activity.

1. Education

The Trust has continued its aim to provide grants and 
donations to individuals and charities in line with its Deed 
of Trust. Specifically, during the year the educational 
development of McBride colleagues’ children has 
continued to be a focus. In 2017/18 the Trust awarded a 
total of £20,000 to 120 children in the UK and Continental 
Europe to assist them in their studies. The initiative has 
been received positively by colleagues and their children 
as a great support for their learning and development. 
Each year the Charitable Trust continues to encourage 
employees to apply for a grant that can be applied to their 
children’s tuition, books and other education expenses.

•  world Environmental Awareness Day to support local 
charity Springhill Hospice with activities including a 
robot-making competition for colleagues’ children 
using plastic found in the home;

•  wellbeing activities organised by Belgian colleagues 

to support Think Pink Belgium;

•  a variety of quizzes, bake sales and organised walks 

for colleagues and their families; and

•  a safety quiz at all McBride locations which was 

completed by over 1,400 colleagues across the UK 
and Central Europe.

The Trust donated £1 for every single participant taking 
part in these initiatives.

During 2017/18 the Charitable Trust has supported 
wellbeing initiatives to the value of £7,200.

3. Poverty

We continue to focus our efforts on supporting 
children who are homeless, in nurseries or orphanages 
by providing In Kind Direct with stock donations 
and through additional financial contributions. 
The organisation redistributes surplus or obsolete stock 
to a wide range of UK charities and McBride’s products 
are of practical help to many organisations helping 
communities across the UK. During 2017/18, McBride 
distributed £24,000 worth of goods to In Kind Direct. 

This year, Finance colleagues also donated their 
time to work in one of In Kind Direct’s warehouses 
to re-distribute stock from suppliers directly into the 
charity network. As well as supporting the charity, 
the experience allowed colleagues the opportunity 
to collaborate and develop their team working skills.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 37

Leadership
See pages 38 to 41 of the Corporate governance report

Remuneration
See the Directors’ remuneration report and policy on 
pages 50 to 63

Effectiveness
See pages 42 and 43 of the Corporate governance report 
and the Nomination Committee report on page 49

Relations with shareholders
See page 64

Accountability
See page 44 of the Corporate governance report and the 
Audit Committee report on pages 45 to 48

Other statutory information
See pages 65 to 67

Welcome to  Corporate governanceStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information38

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Leadership

Board of Directors

The Board of Directors is collectively responsible 
for the long‑term success of the Company.

John Coleman
Chairman

Appointed: July 2016

Rik De Vos
Chief Executive Officer

Chris Smith
Chief Finance Officer

Appointed: February 2015

Appointed: January 2015

Rik has over 28 years’ experience 
working within the chemical and 
manufacturing sectors, providing 
technical products to a wide variety 
of international markets, customers 
and consumers. He also brings 
extensive general management 
experience internationally as well as 
having proven success in completing 
several strategic turnaround projects 
where businesses have been 
restored to profitable growth. 

Rik was previously Global General 
Manager for the Flexible Foam 
division of Recticel, the quoted 
Belgian company. Prior to this, 
his career has included roles with 
ICI, Huntsman, Rohm & Haas and 
BorsodChem. 

Committees: 

Chris is a chartered accountant and 
has more than 25 years’ experience 
working in manufacturing 
businesses in highly competitive 
industries across the UK, Europe 
and Asia Pacific. 

From 2008 to 2014, Chris was 
Group Finance Director at API 
Group plc, the AIM‑listed speciality 
metallic film, foil and laminates 
manufacturer. Other previous roles 
have included Scapa plc, where 
he was Finance and IT Director for 
Europe & Asia, and he has also held 
a number of senior finance roles at 
Courtaulds plc, where he gained 
extensive international experience, 
including overseas positions based 
in Germany and Hong Kong.

John brings considerable 
experience having held office 
as a Non‑Executive Director in 
various companies across multiple 
market sectors, including retail 
and construction. He was Senior 
Independent Director whilst at 
Travis Perkins between 2005 
and 2014 and has previously 
held the role of Chairman of Aga 
Rangemaster Group plc, McColl’s 
Retail Group plc, Holidaybreak plc 
and Russian consumer electronics 
retailer PJSC Mvideo.

John has also had significant 
executive experience in the 
retail sector, having been CEO of 
House of Fraser and CEO of Texas 
Homecare, a part of Ladbrokes plc. 
Prior to this he was a member of 
the senior management team at the 
Burton Group, holding managing 
director roles for a number of its 
fashion chains.

Other roles: Chairman of Bonmarché 
Holdings plc and private company 
Barchester Healthcare Ltd.

Committees: 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 39

Steve Hannam
Senior Independent 
Non‑Executive Director

Sandra Turner
Independent  
Non‑Executive Director

Neil Harrington
Independent  
Non‑Executive Director

Appointed: February 2013

Appointed: August 2011

Appointed: January 2012

Steve brings extensive experience 
of independent Board‑level 
scrutiny, having held a number 
of positions as Chairman and 
Non‑Executive Director in listed 
companies during his career, as 
well as senior executive positions 
both internationally and in the UK. 
Steve brings diversity of style, skill 
and experience, which makes him 
ideally suited for the role of Senior 
Independent Director, ensuring a 
challenging mindset when setting 
and monitoring implementation of 
the Group’s strategy. 

Steve’s previous positions have 
included Chairman of Aviagen 
International Inc, Non‑Executive 
Director of Clariant AG and 
AZ Electronic Materials Services 
Limited, Group Chief Executive 
of BTP Chemicals plc and, most 
recently, Chairman of Devro plc 
and Senior Independent Director 
of Low & Bonar plc.

Committees: 

Carol Williams
General Counsel  
and Company Secretary

Appointed: January 2018

Carol Williams was appointed 
as General Counsel and Company 
Secretary on 15 January 2018.  
Carol joined McBride from the 
Mars Corporation, where she was 
Associate General Counsel, and 
brings a wealth of professional 
experience in both legal and 
company secretarial roles from 
a variety of FTSE 100 to 350 
organisations. 

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

Chair

Neil, a chartered accountant, 
brings a strong financial background, 
having operated as an executive 
Group Finance Director in a 
range of global consumer‑facing 
businesses under both PLC and 
Private Equity ownership with 
extensive experience of operating 
internationally. In particular, Neil 
has lead complex corporate finance 
transactions including acquisitions, 
disposals and corporate restructures 
where his wealth of knowledge 
in debt structuring, financing, 
investment and banking facilities 
has been invaluable. 

Neil has held senior finance roles in 
a number of global listed companies, 
including ASDA/Walmart Stores Inc., 
Barclays Bank plc and French 
Connection Group plc, his most 
recent executive role being Group 
Finance Director at Mothercare PLC. 
Neil’s financial background and 
expertise leave him eminently 
suitable to hold the role of Audit 
Committee Chair.

Other roles: Chief Financial Officer 
of Cath Kidston Limited since 2012.

Committees: 

Sandra brings extensive consumer 
business insight and experience, 
from both a retailer and supplier 
perspective. She was a member 
of the senior management team 
of Tesco, one of the Group’s major 
customers, for over 20 years, 
holding executive, commercial 
and operational roles in the UK 
and Ireland, latterly as Commercial 
Director of Tesco Ireland between 
2003 and 2009. 

Since that time, Sandra has been 
appointed a Non‑Executive Director 
to a number of listed companies 
supplying into the FMCG sector, 
including previously Northern 
Foods plc. Also, as Remuneration 
Committee Chair of three listed 
companies, Sandra brings a broad 
knowledge, understanding and 
awareness of this continuously 
changing field and the importance 
of linking the Company’s strategy 
and performance to executive 
remuneration.

Other roles: Non‑Executive Director 
of Huhtamäki Oyj, Non‑Executive 
Director and Chair of Remuneration 
Committee of Carpetright plc, 
Senior Independent Director 
and Remuneration Committee 
Chair of Greggs plc. Also, Sandra 
is the Vice Chair of a large 
independent school.

Committees: 

Seated left to right: 

Standing left to right: 

John Coleman
Chairman

Rik De Vos
Chief Executive Officer

Chris Smith
Chief Finance Officer

Steve Hannam
Senior Independent Non‑Executive 
Director

Sandra Turner
Independent Non‑Executive 
Director

Neil Harrington
Independent Non‑Executive 
Director

Carol Williams
General Counsel and 
Company Secretary

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information40

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Leadership

Corporate governance report

The Board acknowledges its 
collective responsibility for 
overseeing the success of the 
Group by demonstrating strong 
leadership through an effective 
Board and sub‑committee structure, 
underpinned by solid operating 
principles, policies and controls.

We recognise the importance of establishing the right 
culture and values and communicating this message 
consistently throughout the organisation. It is important 
that we, as the Board, provide strong and effective 
leadership, constructive challenge and, along with the 
Executive Leadership Team (ELT), accept collective 
accountability for the long‑term sustainable success 
of the Group. In so doing, we will continue to drive 
and deliver our strategy in the best interests of all 
our stakeholders.

A strong feature of the Board’s effectiveness in 
delivering the Group’s strategy is our inclusive and open 
style of management which benefits from a free flow of 
information between the Executive and Non‑Executive 
Directors. The size of our Board encourages Directors 
to discuss matters openly and freely and to make 
individual contributions through the exercise of their 
personal skills and experience. No single Director is 
dominant in the decision‑making process.

All Directors communicate with each other on a 
regular basis and contact with the Group’s executive 
management is sought and encouraged.

Board sub‑committees
Certain activities of the Board are delegated to 
sub‑committees (Audit, Remuneration and Nomination). 
Each sub‑committee is chaired by a member of the 
Board, which enables the Non‑Executive Directors 
to take active roles in influencing and challenging 
the work, performance and recommendations 
of the Chief Executive Officer, the ELT and other 
senior management.

Each sub‑committee has been established under its 
own Terms of Reference which set out its authority, 
composition, activities and duties. The Terms of 
Reference are reviewed annually and updated as 
necessary to ensure ongoing compliance with the 
provisions of the Code and other best practice 
guidelines. They were last reviewed in June 2018.

Dear shareholder
I was pleased to report last year on the considerable 
progress being made on the transformational strategy 
which had started to deliver benefits for the Group 
under the guidance of the Executive Directors. 
The ‘Prepare’ phase of the strategy is now underway, 
focusing on strengthening our core activities to ensure 
sustainable value growth for our key stakeholders. 

The Non‑Executive Directors and I continue to be 
fully supportive of the strategic direction taken by the 
Group and are confident that the robust governance 
framework in place will continue to provide effective 
support for the management of the Group in delivering 
the long‑term success of the Company. 

Corporate governance
We have an effective Board and sub‑committee 
structure, underpinned by solid operating principles, 
policies and controls and we continue to exercise 
our duties in compliance with all relevant legislation, 
regulation and guidance.

As a Board, we remain committed to maintaining high 
standards of corporate governance and we apply the 
principles and endorse the provisions set out in the 
UK Corporate Governance Code 2016 (‘the Code’).

During the year, we have assessed our level of 
compliance with the Code and the Board confirms 
that throughout the year the Company has continued 
to comply with all of the Code’s provisions, in so far 
as they apply to a FTSE SmallCap company.

The following Corporate governance report serves to 
demonstrate that a robust governance framework is in 
place to support the Group’s strategy. We explain our 
approach to the main governance principles and share 
the work undertaken by our sub‑committees on behalf 
of the Board. 

John Coleman
Chairman

6 September 2018

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 41

Responsibilities
The role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer are separate and clearly differentiated. No one individual has 
unfettered powers of decision making.

John Coleman, as Chairman, is primarily responsible for:
•  overall leadership and governance of the Board, ensuring it operates effectively in terms of agenda setting, 

information management, induction, development and performance evaluation;

•  promoting a healthy culture of challenge and debate at Board and sub‑committee meetings and encouraging 

effective decision making;

•  fostering effective relationships and open communication between all Directors; and
•  ensuring both Board and shareholder meetings are properly conducted and that the views of shareholders 

are communicated to the Board. 

Rik De Vos, as Chief Executive Officer, is primarily responsible for: 
•  effective leadership and development of the executive management team and operational running of 

the Group;

•  developing and implementing the Group’s business model and strategy;
•  effectively communicating the Group’s strategy and performance; and 
•  building positive relationships by engaging appropriately with all internal and external stakeholders.

Steve Hannam, as Senior Independent Director, is primarily responsible for:
•  providing a sounding board for the Chairman and acting as an intermediary between other Directors 

when necessary;

•  evaluating the performance of the Chairman along with the Non‑Executive Directors; and 
•  being available to shareholders, where contact through the Chairman or Executive Directors is not appropriate.

The key responsibilities of the Non‑Executive Directors are:
•  developing and agreeing the Group’s business model and strategy with the Executive Directors;
•  scrutinising and challenging the performance of the Company and the Executive Directors;
•  providing support and advice to the Executive Directors;
•  overseeing the effectiveness of the Company’s risks and internal controls;
•  approving remuneration and succession planning for Board Directors and other executive management; and
•  monitoring and enhancing the Company’s corporate governance and compliance activities.

Attendance at meetings year ended 30 June 2018

Number of Board meetings held

9

Number of 
meetings attended

9

9

9

9

9

9

Members

John Coleman 
Chairman

Rik De Vos  
Chief Executive Officer

Chris Smith  
Chief Finance Officer

Steve Hannam  
Senior Independent  
Non‑Executive  
Director

Neil Harrington  
Independent  
Non‑Executive  
Director

Sandra Turner  
Independent  
Non‑Executive  
Director

Member since

22/04/2016

02/02/2015

07/01/2015

04/02/2013

03/01/2012

01/08/2011

Operation of the Board
Board papers are prepared and issued prior to each 
Board meeting to allow Directors sufficient time to 
give due consideration to all matters. Directors are able 
to take independent professional advice, if necessary, 
at the Company’s expense.

The Board holds at least six meetings a year at 
bi‑monthly intervals. Additional meetings are held 
as required. From time to time, the Board authorises 
the establishment of an additional sub‑committee 
to consider and, if thought fit, approve certain items 
of business. 

At least one formal and several informal Non‑Executive 
Director meetings have also been held during the year 
without the Executive Directors being present, and the 
Senior Independent Director and the Non‑Executive 
Directors have met without the presence of the Chairman 
as part of the Board performance evaluation exercise.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information42

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Effectiveness

Corporate governance report continued

Board composition

The Board

Relevant experience

  Chairman

 Executive Directors

Senior Independent Director

Independent Non‑Executive Directors

  Company Secretary

Non‑Executive Directors
All the Non‑Executive Directors have been appointed 
for their specific areas of knowledge and expertise, 
are independent of management and exercise their 
duties in good faith based on judgements informed 
by their personal experience. This ensures that 
matters can be debated constructively in relation to 
both the development of strategy and assessment of 
performance against the objectives set by the Board. 

During the year, each Director confirmed that they 
had no relationship or circumstance that could affect 
their judgement and the Board has satisfied itself that 
there is no compromise to the independence of those 
Directors who have appointments with external entities. 
It is believed that the balance between non‑executive 
and executive representation encourages healthy 
independent challenge.

Operational management of the Group
The management of the Group’s business activities 
is delegated to the Chief Executive Officer, who is 
ultimately responsible for establishing objectives 
and monitoring executive actions and for the 
overall performance of the business. The day‑to‑day 
management of the business is delegated via the 
various ELT members on a structured functional basis. 

To support the ELT in their strategic management of 
the business, during the year an Operational Leadership 
Team (OLT) was established including representatives 
from key areas of the Group’s supply chain. The OLT 
aims to capture the growth of the business in the 
most efficient way by ensuring related initiatives and 
projects are delivered well and integrated into the overall 
strategic objectives of the Group. The OLT activity is 
overseen by the core ELT, who continue to monitor 
and manage the overall Company strategic objectives, 
including global governance.

  Manufacturing 4 

  Retail 3

  Chemicals 2 

Finance 2 

Health, safety and environmental and quality matters 
are delegated to the Group Manufacturing Directors 
and social and community matters are delegated to 
the Chief HR Officer.

Whilst the Board takes overall responsibility for 
approving Group policies, including those relating to 
social responsibility, business ethics, health and safety, 
environmental matters, anti‑bribery and corruption and 
whistleblowing, their implementation is delegated to 
the Chief Executive Officer and cascaded throughout 
the organisation via the ELT and OLT and the various 
functional teams. Copies of our policies are available 
on the Group’s website at www.mcbride.co.uk.

Board composition
At 30 June 2018, the Board comprised six members: 
the Chairman, two Executive Directors and three 
Non‑Executive Directors.

Election and re‑election of Directors 
The Board are satisfied that all the Directors standing 
for re‑election perform effectively and demonstrate 
commitment to their roles. This has been demonstrated 
during the year by the willingness of the Directors to 
attend additional informal meetings, including strategy 
conferences, as well as from the general support 
they have given to the Executive Directors and other 
executive management. When appropriate, any changes 
to the commitments of any Director are considered in 
advance by the Board to ensure they are still able to 
fulfil their duties satisfactorily.

Although the Articles of Association require the 
Directors to submit themselves for re‑election at 
every third Annual General Meeting (AGM), all eligible 
Directors have agreed to submit themselves for annual 
re‑election.

The biographies for each Director, set out on pages 
38 and 39, illustrate the range of skills and experience 
they offer to the Company. Voting at the 2017 AGM 
demonstrated continued support for all Directors who 
held office at that time. 

 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 43

Induction, development and support
On appointment, all new Directors undergo formal and 
in‑depth induction programmes to provide them with 
an appropriate understanding of the business. This 
involves site visits, face‑to‑face meetings with senior 
management and provision of access to key documents 
relating to their role. External training may also be 
provided by independent legal advisers.

The Board recognises the importance of ongoing 
training and development to ensure Directors have 
the skills and knowledge to discharge their duties 
effectively. This can take the form of briefing papers 
and/or presentations on strategic, regulatory and 
legislative developments and other topics of specific 
relevance to ensure that the Directors continually 
update their knowledge of and familiarity with the 
Group’s business and the markets in which we operate. 
Additionally, all Directors are entitled to undertake 
external training relevant to their particular duties. 

All Directors have access to the Company Secretary, 
who is responsible for ensuring that Board procedures 
are followed and that the Company complies with all 
applicable rules, regulations and obligations governing 
its operations.

Succession planning
During the year the Group’s succession planning 
approach has continued to evolve. This has included 
evaluation of the roles at ELT level and their direct 
reports to identify key talent and future leadership 
potential. More information about how the Group’s 
Leadership Programme has been developed to support 
the strategic objectives of the business is on page 23. 
The outputs of the programme are overseen by 
the Board. 

Board activity year ended 30 June 2018

Conflicts of interest
Our procedure for capturing Directors’ interests can 
be found in the Other statutory information section 
on page 65.

Board evaluation
An internal Board evaluation exercise, led by the 
Chairman and Company Secretary, was undertaken 
during the year. This included a questionnaire designed 
to analyse the effectiveness of the Board across a range 
of elements, including composition, interaction and 
strategic decision making. Individual meetings between 
each Director and the Chairman were also held to 
follow up on the findings and proposed action outputs. 
The Senior Independent Director also undertook 
a review of the performance of the Chairman. This year’s 
exercise confirmed that the Board remained effective 
in its approach and delivery, but it was acknowledged 
that, in light of the fast‑moving and changing dynamics 
in the Group’s market sector, the Board composition 
and ways of working will be reviewed to ensure the 
Board remains a hub of information, knowledge sharing 
and effective decision making to take full advantage of 
the opportunities presented to it. Succession planning 
also remained an area of development on the work 
undertaken to date. 

An externally facilitated Board evaluation was last 
undertaken in the 2011/12 financial year. As a constituent 
of the FTSE SmallCap, the requirement for an external 
evaluation will be considered by the Board further 
during the 2018/19 financial year.

Market and  economic 
environment

Strategic development 
opportunities

Trading, financial and 
operational performance

Governance 
and risk

Matters considered

Matters considered

Matters considered

Matters considered

•  Market and customer 
development updates

•  Competitor activity 

analysis

•  Sales and marketing 
activity reviews 

•  Purchasing performance
•  The UK’s decision to exit 

the EU

•  Forward outlook for FX 

and interest rates

•  Strategic opportunity 
(including potential 
acquisitions and/or 
disposals in line with 
the Group’s strategic 
plan) and project 
progress reviews

•  Key operational project 

progress reviews, 
including major capital 
expenditure investment 
proposals

•  Review of strategic 

growth plan progress

•  Approval of budget
•  Banking, tax and 
treasury strategy 
and policy reviews

•  Approval of full‑year and 
half‑year announcements 
and other trading updates

•  Annual Report and 
Accounts review 
and approval

•  Consideration of analyst 

expectations

•  Payment to shareholders, 
policy and proposals

•  Health and safety updates 
•  Business risk analysis
• 

Insurance programme 
renewal

•  Board self‑evaluation 

exercise

•  Code and legislation 
compliance reviews
•  Corporate policies 

review and approval
•  Talent and succession 

planning reviews

•  GDPR

Items reserved for the Board
The schedule of matters specifically reserved for decision by the Board is displayed on the Group’s website  
at www.mcbride.co.uk.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information44

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Accountability

Corporate governance report continued

Business risk
The Board recognises that the delivery of the Group’s 
strategic plans will only be achieved within an 
established system of risk management and an effective 
internal controls framework, which will ensure that the 
transformational change and growth of the business is 
supported by an embedded risk management culture.

Responsibility for monitoring and reviewing the 
effectiveness of the risk management process is 
delegated to the Audit Committee and is reported 
on in page 46. 

The Group’s risks are managed through various 
activities, including:

•  business risk reviews;
•  major project and investment reviews;
•  specific functional and strategic risk mapping;
•  year‑end self‑assessment questionnaires supporting 

internal control procedures, with a quarterly 
follow‑up process to review outstanding control 
actions; and 

•  site audits by various internal stakeholders, including 
Internal Audit and other assurance providers (such as 
QHSE).

The Board considers that the Group operates 
a risk‑aware culture which facilitates the early 
identification of problems and issues, so that 
appropriate action is taken in a timely and proactive 
way to minimise the impact on the business.

A cross‑functional Risk Council acts as a focal point for 
the identification and evaluation of strategic, emerging 
risks faced by the Group in pursuit of its strategic 
objectives. The Council makes recommendations 
to the ELT for appropriate mitigation strategies in 
line with the Group’s risk appetite. It supports the 
embedding of the Group’s risk management framework 
through improved risk awareness and the consideration 
of risk in key decision making. 

The Risk Council meets between three and four times a 
year and reports to the ELT. Its Terms of Reference have 
been ratified by the Audit Committee and it provides 
updates to the Committee on a biannual basis. 

Internal controls 
The Board delegates responsibility to the ELT to 
consider and assess the effectiveness of the existing 
internal controls and to identify whether any new risks 
have arisen as a result of any control weaknesses, a 
process which is monitored by the Audit Committee. 
Further information about the effectiveness of the 
controls in place and how they have been assessed by 
the Audit Committee is reported on page 46.

Key control procedures undertaken by the Group during 
the year include:

•  regular updates to the Board on the Group’s financial 

performance and position against targets;
•  monthly consolidated management accounts 

reviewed by the ELT;

•  monthly reporting on commercial, operational, 

financial and non‑financial KPIs with performance 
discussed at both functional and Group level; 

•  a comprehensive annual budgeting process 

ultimately approved by the Board;

•  ongoing monitoring of the Group’s cash and debt 
position with monthly reviews of working capital 
balances;

•  authorisation and control procedures in place 

for capital expenditure and other major projects 
with post‑completion reviews to highlight issues 
and learnings, and improve future performance 
and delivery; and

•  regular meetings and site visits with insurance and 
risk advisers to discuss risk assessments, safety 
audits, and performance against agreed objectives.

Internal Audit
The Internal Audit function provides independent 
assurance on the strength and effectiveness of the 
Group’s risk management framework and is responsible 
for overseeing internal control processes for the Group. 

Further information about how our Internal Audit 
process is monitored can be found in the Audit 
Committee report on page 47.

Risk management framework

Risk Council

Executive Leadership Team

Audit Committee

The Board

•  Provides a cross‑functional 
forum for the discussion of 
risks and controls arising 
from business activities
•  Monitors the application 
of the risk management 
framework across the 
business
Identifies and evaluates 
strategic, significant and 
emerging risks through 
access to internal and 
external knowledge, 
expertise and insight

• 

•  Reviews the Group’s risk 

•  Ensures actions to 

•  Monitors and reviews 

register and agrees actions 
to mitigate key risks

•  Ensures risk management 
is embedded across the 
business

•  Defines the risk appetite 

of the Group

mitigate risks are put 
in place with ownership 
and timescales to ensure  
the Group’s strategy 
can be delivered in 
the context of the risk 
management framework
•  Monitors and reviews key 
financial, non‑financial 
and internal controls, as 
well as the external audit 
process and reports

the effectiveness of the 
Group’s risk management 
and internal control 
systems

•  Approves the risk 

appetite of the Group
•  Reviews reports from 
the Audit Committee 
on risk management 
and internal controls

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 45

Accountability

Audit Committee report

The Committee continues to be 
satisfied that a robust and effective 
control environment exists.

The Audit Committee is delegated the responsibility 
for reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s systems 
of internal control, including all material financial, 
operational and compliance controls, as well as risk 
management systems and key corporate policies.

Main duties:
•  to monitor the integrity of the financial and 
regulatory reporting process of the Group;

•  to review the Group’s accounting policies, financial 
reporting standards and disclosure practices and 
provide independent oversight and challenge to 
management;

•  to review and recommend the Board to approve 
all financial statements and announcements;
•  to review and monitor the effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal controls and risk management 
systems as well as the Internal Audit function;
•  to oversee relations with and actively consider 

the objectivity, independence and effectiveness 
of the external auditor; and 

•  to oversee the Group’s policy on the supply of 

non‑audit services by the Group’s auditor.

Attendance at meetings year ended 30 June 2018
The Board is satisfied all members are 
independent Non‑Executive Directors.

Number of Committee meetings held  
(minimum three per year):

4

Members

Neil Harrington (Chair)

Steve Hannam 

Sandra Turner

Number of 
meetings attended 
(quorum is 
two members)

4

4

4

Member since

03/01/2012

04/02/2013

01/08/2011

The Committee is authorised by the Board to 
investigate any matters within its Terms of Reference. 
A copy of the Committee’s Terms of Reference is 
available on the Group’s website www.mcbride.co.uk.

On behalf of the Audit Committee, I am pleased to 
present the Audit Committee report for the year ended 
30 June 2018.

Effectiveness of the Audit Committee
The Board is satisfied that Committee members are 
sufficiently competent in financial matters, in addition 
to having a wide range of business experience both 
within the sector and elsewhere. As Committee Chair, 
I have relevant financial experience and up‑to‑date 
knowledge of financial matters, being a member of 
the Institute of Chartered Accountants and the current 
Chief Finance Officer of Cath Kidston Limited. I have also 
held other senior finance roles, my most recent being 
Group Finance Director at Mothercare plc for seven years.

Committee meetings may be attended by the Board 
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Finance Officer, 
Group Financial Controller, Tax and Treasury Director 
and Head of Internal Audit by invitation. The Company’s 
external auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), 
also attends meetings by invitation. During the year, 
PwC attended four meetings.

Independent meetings were also held regularly 
between the Committee members and the external 
auditor, in the absence of the Executive Directors. 
As Chair of the Committee, I have also had regular 
meetings with the Head of Internal Audit during the year.

Effectiveness of the external auditor
The Audit Committee has primary responsibility 
for making recommendations to the Board on the 
appointment, re‑appointment and removal of the 
external auditor as submitted to shareholders for 
their approval at the Company’s AGM.

During the year, the Committee has monitored the 
scope, results and cost effectiveness of the audit 
and overall independence and objectivity of the 
external auditor.

The Committee and the Board remain satisfied with 
the level of independence, objectivity, expertise, fees, 
resources and general effectiveness of PwC and, 
accordingly, recommends that a resolution for the 
re‑appointment of PwC as external auditor for the 
Company should be proposed at the forthcoming 
AGM in October 2018.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information46

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Accountability

Audit Committee report continued

Auditor objectivity and independence

Committee review and 
auditor assurance

The Committee has undertaken its annual assessment of the external auditor. This included their own 
evaluation of the reports and services received, such as the scope, strategy and outcome of the interim 
and year‑end audits.

Audit tenure

The Committee has sought assurance from the external auditor of their compliance with applicable ethical 
guidance and, in addition, has taken account of the appropriate independence and objectivity guidelines.

The Committee considers the risk of PwC withdrawing from the market as remote, since they are one of 
the top four accounting firms in the UK, as well as globally.

The Committee has considered and approved the terms of engagement and fees of the external auditor 
for the year ended 30 June 2018. Fees payable by the Group to PwC totalled £0.7 million (2017: £0.5m) 
in respect of audit services. There were no contingent fee arrangements with PwC.

The Committee considered its external audit services, taking into account the UK Corporate Governance 
Code 2016 and Statutory Audit Services Order 2014. A full tender for the appointment of the external 
audit firm took place in 2011, as a result of which PwC was appointed as external auditor with effect from 
November 2011. As noted above, the Committee regularly reviews the performance of the external auditor 
and continues to be satisfied with PwC’s independence, objectivity and expertise and believes the Group is 
subjected to a rigorous audit process. As such, the Committee does not consider it necessary to undertake 
an external audit tender process at this time, although this will remain under review.

Non‑audit fees

The Company maintains a detailed policy on the engagement of the external auditor for non‑audit services, 
designed to preserve their independence when performing the statutory audit. To avoid any conflict of 
interest, types of non‑audit work are categorised as those for which:

• 
• 
• 

the auditor can be engaged without referral to the Committee;
for which a case‑by‑case decision is necessary; and
from which the external auditor is excluded.

In accordance with this policy, other providers are considered for non‑audit work and such work is 
awarded on the basis of service and cost. This policy is regularly reviewed and a copy is available from 
the Group’s website at www.mcbride.co.uk.

Fees payable by the Group to PwC totalled £324k (2017: £277k) in respect of non‑audit services, equating 
to 46% of audit fees received by PwC during the same period (2017: 55%).

Accounting and reporting issues
The Committee received regular reports on the 
Group’s trading performance, as well as progress on 
both the interim and full‑year financial statements. 
Papers and other regular updates from both 
management and the external auditor have also been 
provided to assist the Committee in assessing whether 
suitable accounting policies have been adopted and 
appropriate judgements made by management. 

The significant matters considered and judgements 
undertaken during the 2017/18 financial year are set 
out on page 47. The Committee is satisfied that the 
presentation of the financial statements is appropriate 
and in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies.

Supported by the external auditor’s reports and 
findings, the Committee concluded that there were 
no major concerns, that there was no evidence of 
systematic control weaknesses and that the overall 
control environment was acceptable for a group of 
McBride’s size and nature.

Assurance and internal control environment
The Committee is delegated the responsibility for 
reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s systems 
of internal control, including all material financial, 
operational and compliance controls, as well as risk 
management systems and key corporate policies.

The Committee receives regular reporting from senior 
management and the conclusion continues to be that 
a robust and effective control environment exists. No 
failings or weaknesses have been identified which had a 
material effect on the Company’s financial performance. 

Recommendations arising from the external auditor’s 
internal controls report are reviewed and actions 
agreed to implement enhanced policies and processes.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 47

Matters considered during the year

Impairment reviews

Management’s judgement on the need (or otherwise) to take impairment charges for goodwill or fixed 
assets at certain sites was reviewed, taking into account the trading performance of and the prospects for 
each location. Recommendations were discussed and agreed with the external auditor. Refer to note 13 
to the financial statements.

Tax and treasury matters

The Committee considered and approved the Group’s tax strategy and continued to monitor tax governance 
and compliance with global transfer pricing.

In accordance with the terms of the Group’s debt facilities, the Committee continued to monitor compliance 
with all relevant covenants to ensure the Group could continue to have sufficient funding capacity to deliver 
its strategy. The Committee also reviewed the Group’s debt funding strategy and policies on currency and 
interest rate hedging transactions.

Post‑investment reviews

The Committee examined the outputs and learnings from significant repair and prepare strategic projects 
completed during the year, which included key customer, product and operational rationalisation initiatives. 
Particular focus was given to the effectiveness of the Group’s ability to identify, mitigate and monitor risks 
and weaknesses to ensure a robust control environment is maintained.

Going concern status 
and longer‑term 
viability statements

In‑depth reviews of the Group’s going concern status were carried out by the Committee both at the 
half and full‑year period ends. Detailed papers setting out all the relevant considerations were tabled by 
management and discussed by the Committee together with the external auditor.

The Committee also considered the modelling and assessments undertaken by management relating to the 
principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity. 

The content of both the Going concern and Viability statements can be found on page 31.

Danlind acquisition 
accounting

For the acquisitions in the year, the Committee examined the modelling and assessments undertaken by 
management to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities and goodwill acquired. The Committee 
reviewed papers which set out the relevant considerations and discussed the matters with the external 
auditor. Refer to note 3 in the financial statements.

M&A accounting inputs 
for disposals

Reviews of the Group’s disposal activities were performed by the Committee during the year. The Committee 
considered appropriateness of impairments incurred, and the allocation of revenues and costs to discontinued 
operations in the financial statements. Refer to notes 3 and 18 in the financial statements.

Internal Audit
The Internal Audit function serves to provide assurance 
to the Committee that relevant, adequate, effective 
and fit‑for‑purpose controls are in place across the 
Group. Regular meetings are held between the Head 
of Internal Audit and the Chair of the Audit Committee 
and the Committee actively engages the Internal Audit 
function to understand and consider the extent to which 
the internal control environment can be improved. 
Information on specific key control procedures 
undertaken by the Group can be found on page 44.

Risk management
The Committee monitors and challenges the adequacy 
of the Company’s procedures in respect of business risk 
identification, assessment, monitoring and reporting. 
On behalf of the Board, the Committee considered 
specifically those risks and uncertainties facing the 
business which should be classified as significant and 
sought comfort from management on the mitigating 
factors being used. The current principal risks and 
uncertainties affecting the Group can be found on 
pages 28 to 30.

At the start of each financial year, the Committee 
reviews and agrees the Internal Audit Plan, confirming 
its alignment with the Group’s strategic priorities, 
risk management outputs and compliance control 
monitoring requirements. The Audit Plan remains 
flexible to address new and emerging risks throughout 
the year. 

The Committee continues to be satisfied that the 
Internal Audit function has sufficient resource and 
provides an important and effective role.

The Committee ratifies the Risk Council’s Terms of 
Reference and is provided with biannual updates of 
matters the Risk Council has considered. Information 
on the matters considered by the Risk Council can 
be found on pages 44.

Cyber security
Good progress has been made against the findings of 
the 2017 cyber security audit. The Committee continues 
to monitor their implementation.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information48

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Accountability

Audit Committee report continued

Anti‑bribery and corruption  
and whistleblowing policies
During the year, the Committee undertook its annual 
review of procedures in relation to whistleblowing and 
fraud detection. The Committee continues to believe 
that appropriate key policies are in place to ensure 
reasonable steps have been taken to prevent fraud 
and to allow any improprieties to be reported.

Anti‑bribery and corruption 
The Group’s Anti‑Bribery and Corruption Policy extends 
to all of the Group’s business dealings and transactions 
in all countries in which it operates. All employees are 
required to familiarise themselves and adhere to the 
rules set out in the Policy and report any suspected 
instances of bribery or corruption to one of the Group’s 
designated Anti‑Corruption Compliance Officers, either 
the General Counsel and Company Secretary or the 
Head of Internal Audit.

To support the prevention of anti‑bribery and 
corruption, all employees are required to comply with 
the Group’s Gifts and Hospitality Policy, which permits 
the giving or receiving of sensible and proportionate 
gifts and hospitality for legitimate business purposes 
only. Employees are required to follow a reporting 
framework for the authorisation of gifts and hospitality 
with reportable events being included on a Group 
register which is maintained by the General Counsel 
and Company Secretary and considered by the Board 
on an annual basis.

Whistleblowing 
The Group’s Whistleblowing Policy sets out the 
procedure for employees to report any issues of 
genuine concern they may have about possible 
malpractice or wrongdoing by any employee, supplier, 
customer, competitor or contractor. The Policy sets 
out a clear reporting path for concerns and provides 
assurance to employees by explaining how issues 
are investigated and the timescales in which they are 
dealt with. Instances of whistleblowing are reported 
to the Committee as and when they occur and, in any 
case, on an annual basis.

The Group continues to be committed to carrying 
out business fairly, honestly and openly with a zero 
tolerance policy in relation to bribery and corruption. 

Copies of the policies are available from the Group’s 
website at www.mcbride.co.uk.

Fair, balanced and understandable
Having given due and full consideration to all the 
matters referred to above, the Committee is satisfied 
that the financial statements present a fair, balanced 
and understandable view and provide shareholders with 
the necessary information to assess the Group’s position 
and performance, strategy and business model, and has 
undertaken to report accordingly to the Board.

Neil Harrington
Chair of the Audit Committee

6 September 2018 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 49

Nomination Committee report

Our key objective is to ensure 
the Board comprises individuals 
with the requisite skills, knowledge 
and experience to ensure the 
Board is effective in discharging 
its responsibilities.

On behalf of the Nomination Committee I am pleased to 
present the Nomination Committee report for the year 
ended 30 June 2018.

Key actions and decisions taken during 2017/18: 
•  considering the contributions made by the individual 
Directors prior to recommending their re‑election 
at the AGM, taking account of the outputs from 
the internal Board Performance Evaluation exercise 
carried out during the year; 

•  reviewing the Board composition and the leadership 
needs of the Company taking into account strategic 
issues and commercial changes affecting the 
Company and the markets in which it operates; and

•  considering the re‑appointment of the Senior 

Independent Director.

No Committee member participated in any discussion 
relating to their personal position.

Diversity
The Committee recognises the recommendations 
regarding Board diversity and acknowledges that 
diversity is a key element to broaden the contribution 
made to Board deliberations. However, as the Board 
is small, comprising only six members, we continue 
to believe that quotas are not appropriate. We 
also accept that there are many other aspects to 
diversity in addition to gender, including professional 
and industry‑specific experience, understanding of 
geographical markets and different cultures, all of 
which can also be an aid to the Board’s effectiveness 
by ensuring a variety of outlook and interest. Board 
appointments will ultimately continue to be made based 
on merit and calibre. The Board Diversity Statement is 
available on the Group’s website www.mcbride.co.uk. 

We have had at least one female Non‑Executive Director 
since 2003 and we continue to ensure that potential 
female candidates are included in the search for new 
Board appointments. Furthermore, three members of 
the ELT are females. This team also includes a number 
of nationalities: British, Belgian and French.

John Coleman
Chair of the Nomination Committee

6 September 2018

Main duties:
•  to review the structure, size and composition of 
the Board, including diversity considerations;

•  to review the leadership needs of the Company to 
ensure its continued ability to compete effectively 
in the marketplace;

•  to consider and recommend the nomination 
of candidates for appointment as Directors;

•  to consider the roles and capabilities required for 
each new appointment taking into account the 
skills and experience with the existing Directors; 
and

•  to ensure that new appointees are provided with 

detailed and appropriate induction training.

Attendance at meetings year ended 30 June 2018
The Board is satisfied that the majority of members 
are independent Non‑Executive Directors.

Number of Committee meetings held  
(minimum one per year):

4

Members

John Coleman (Chair)

Steve Hannam 

Neil Harrington 

Sandra Turner

Rik De Vos

Number of 
meetings attended 
(quorum is 
three members)

4

4

4

4

4

Member since

22/04/2016

04/02/2013

03/01/2013

01/08/2011

02/02/2015

The Committee is authorised by the Board to 
investigate any matters within its Terms of Reference. 
A copy of the Committee’s Terms of Reference is 
available on the Group’s website www.mcbride.co.uk.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information50

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Remuneration

Remuneration report

We remain committed to 
implementing a Remuneration 
Policy which rewards the 
delivery of the Company’s 
strategy and thus aligns 
with longer‑term interests 
of shareholders.

Dear shareholder
On behalf of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased 
to present the Remuneration report for the year ended 
30 June 2018.

This Remuneration report has been prepared in 
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 
2006 and Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium‑sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
(Amendment) Regulations 2013 and is split into three 
sections: the Annual Statement; Remuneration Policy 
report; and Annual Report on Remuneration.

Remuneration Policy continuing  
alignment with shareholders
Following consultation with the Company’s major 
shareholders during 2017, the Company’s new 
Remuneration Policy was approved at the AGM in 
October 2017. This provides the Committee with the 
ability to ensure that, when determining remuneration 
levels and structure, it is able to implement a design 
which remains competitive in the market, but with 
clear alignment to the successful achievement of the 
Company’s strategy. The Committee also continues to 
seek to incentivise and reward the Executive Directors 
to achieve the maximisation of shareholder return into 
the medium and long term horizon.

Remuneration decisions taken in 2017/18
As disclosed in the Strategic report (pages 1 to 36), 
following on from a strong two year period through the 
‘Repair’ and ‘Prepare’ phases of the Company’s strategy, 
a number of external challenges have led to a financial 
outcome in 2017/18 below the financial targets set. This 
performance, together with the remuneration principles 
within the Remuneration Policy, were reflected in the 
Committee’s review of the annual bonus and LTIP 
incentive schemes due to be vested or paid for 2017/18.

The setting and granting of incentive awards were also 
considered to ensure stretching targets were given to 
the Executive Directors. 

A summary of the key decisions taken by the 
Committee during the year are as follows: 

Main duties:
•  to review the ongoing appropriateness and 

relevance of the Remuneration Policy;

•  to apply formal and transparent procedures 
regarding executive remuneration packages;
•  to consider and make recommendations to the 
Board on remuneration issues for the Executive 
Directors and other senior executives, taking into 
account the interests of relevant stakeholders; and
•  to review the implementation and operation of any 
Company share option schemes, bonus schemes 
and Long‑Term Incentive Plans (LTIP).

Attendance at meetings year ended 30 June 2018
The Board is satisfied that all members are independent 
Non‑Executive Directors, with the exception of John Coleman, 
who satisfied the independence condition on his appointment 
as Non‑Executive Director in 2016.

Number of Committee meetings held  
(minimum two per year):

3

Members

Sandra Turner (Chair)

John Coleman

Steve Hannam 

Neil Harrington 

Number of 
meetings attended 
(quorum is 
two members)

3

3

3

3

Member since

01/08/2011

22/04/2016

04/02/2013

03/01/2012

The Committee is authorised by the Board to 
investigate any matters within its Terms of Reference. 
A copy of the Committee’s Terms of Reference is 
available on the Group’s website www.mcbride.co.uk.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 51

•  in relation to the Annual Bonus Plan, due to the 
financial performance in 2017/18, the Committee 
determined that none of the financial or personal 
performance targets in the year had been met and 
therefore no payment under the Annual Bonus Plan 
would be made covering this period. Further detail 
can be found on page 59;

•  in relation to the LTIP awards granted in September 
2015, the Company’s previous two years have seen 
a strong start to its Repair, Prepare, Grow strategy 
and this has been reflected in the Company’s 
share price performance. Therefore despite the 
tough trading conditions and performance in 
2017/18, the Committee determined to reward the 
Executive Directors for the progress made to date 
and, in line with the outcome of the TSR and EPS 
performance targets, to award the vesting of 62.52% 
of the potential total award in September 2018. 
Further details can be found on page 60;

•  the deferred share awards granted as part of the 2015 
annual bonus will vest in September 2018. There are 
no performance conditions attached to these awards 
(other than the participant being in employment at 
the date of vesting). Details of these awards can be 
found on page 61; 

•  in September 2017 the Committee agreed to 

the granting of LTIP awards for the year 2017/18 
to Rik De Vos and Chris Smith. In line with the 
Company’s Remuneration Policy, a two‑year 
post‑vesting holding period applies to any shares 
which vest after the initial three‑year performance 
period. Further details of these awards, including 
performance targets, can be found on page 60; and

•  the Committee reviewed performance targets and 

objectives in relation to the Executive Director 2018/19 
annual bonus and LTIP awards and determined they 
would continue to be broadly in line with measures 
used in the previous year. Further details can be found 
on page 58.

The Annual Report on Remuneration will be subject to 
an advisory vote at the forthcoming AGM. We continue 
to value the support and feedback provided by 
shareholders and welcome your support at the 
upcoming AGM.

Sandra Turner
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

6 September 2018

Remuneration Policy report

Remuneration Policy principles
The Group’s approach for all employees, including executives, is to set remuneration that takes account of 
market practice, economic conditions, the performance of the Group and of teams or individuals, recognising 
any collective agreements that may apply as well as any legal or regulatory requirements in jurisdictions where 
it operates. Our Remuneration Policy (‘the Policy’) aims to attract, motivate and retain suitably able employees.

The basic principles that guide our Remuneration Policy for executives, including the Executive Directors, are as follows:

Remuneration  
principle  

Remuneration links to 
business strategy and 
long‑term investor 
interests

Component

•  Both short and long‑term rewards are linked to performance and Company strategy to maximise 

long‑term shareholder value.

•  The Policy provides an appropriate balance between fixed remuneration, short‑term bonus and 

long‑term incentives.

•  Executives are encouraged to build and maintain a targeted shareholding as this represents the best 

way to align their interests with those of shareholders.

Fair reward to 
individuals for 
successful contribution 
made to the business

•  The annual bonus targets are split between Company financial performance and personal objectives 

which align with key business objectives in a given year. 

•  Long‑term incentives are targeted against metrics which align with shareholder interests.
•  Environmental, safety, sustainability, social and governance issues are taken into account.

Performance targets 
are appropriate and 
sufficiently demanding

•  Performance conditions for the variable elements of executive pay are set independently by the 
Committee at the outset of each year and assessed by the Committee, both quantitatively and 
qualitatively, at the end of each performance period.

The personal objectives 
reward in annual 
bonus plans for senior 
executives are specific 
and are reviewed by 
the Committee to 
ensure they adequately 
reflect the business 
objectives of the Group 
and are only paid on 
measurable success

•  Whilst the Committee does not consult with employees specifically on its policy for Executive Director 
remuneration, general pay and employment conditions across the Group (including salary increases 
and benefits) are taken into account when setting executive remuneration. The Committee is kept 
informed of such matters via regular interaction with the Group’s HR function. 

•  The Committee consults with the Chief Executive Officer and pays due regard to his 

recommendations for other senior executives. Individual Directors are not involved in decisions 
concerning their own remuneration. 

•  The Committee is committed to keeping its Policy under regular review, taking into account changes in the 
competitive environment, remuneration practices and guidelines set by the key institutional shareholder 
bodies. The Committee has and will continue to take into account the views and feedback of its major 
shareholders to ensure the Remuneration Policy reflects, as far as practicable, prevailing sentiment.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information52

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Remuneration

Remuneration Policy report continued

Future Policy table
The following table summarises the main elements of our Remuneration Policy for Directors.

Element: Executive Director base salary

Purpose and link  
to strategy

•  To ensure the Group is able to recruit and retain high‑calibre executives.

Operation

•  Salaries are set by the Committee taking into account individual experience, performance, skills and 

Maximum

responsibilities, prevailing market conditions (by reference to companies of a similar size and complexity 
and other companies in the same industry) and internal relativities.

•  Salaries are paid monthly in arrears by bank transfer and are normally reviewed annually with any 

changes effective from January.

•  Details of current salaries of the Executive Directors are detailed on page 58. 
•  Salaries are reviewed annually and may be increased each year. Increases will generally be in line with 

• 

those awarded to the Group’s workforce, as well as reflective of the overall financial performance of  
the Group.
Increases beyond this may be awarded in limited circumstances, such as where there is a change in 
responsibility, experience or a significant change in the scale of the role and/or size, value and/or 
complexity of the Group.

Performance measures

•  Not applicable.

Element: benefits

Purpose and link  
to strategy

•  To provide market competitive benefits, in line with those provided to other Group employees.

Operation

•  Benefits include private medical insurance, sick pay, a fully expensed car (or equivalent cash allowance), 

disability and life assurance cover.

•  The Company has the ability to reimburse the tax payable (grossed up) on any business expenses 

captured as taxable benefits.

Maximum

•  The benefit provision is reviewed periodically. No maximum level is set on the value or cost of 

Performance measures

•  Not applicable.

benefits provided.

Element: pension

Purpose and link  
to strategy

•  Retirement benefits are regarded as an important element of the Group’s basic benefits package 

to attract and retain talent.

Operation

•  Membership of the Company’s defined contribution, or similar, pension scheme, or in agreed 

circumstances, a cash allowance in lieu of pension.

Maximum

•  Up to 25% of base salary.

Performance measures

•  Not applicable.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 53

Element: annual bonus

Purpose and link  
to strategy

Operation

•  The purpose of the annual bonus is to incentivise delivery of the Group’s financial and non‑financial 
objectives and to ensure that Executive Directors and senior executives are fairly rewarded for their 
contribution to the success of the Group.

•  Performance conditions are set independently by the Committee at the start of each year.
•  Performance criteria include the financial targets of the Group as agreed by the Board and specific 

annual targets based on clear and measurable objectives that underpin, and are key to achievement 
of, the Group’s strategy.

•  Personal objectives are reviewed by the Committee to ensure they contribute to the strategic aims 

of the Group.

•  To further align the interests of Directors with shareholders, a portion of the bonus is paid in 

deferred shares. Shares awarded under the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (DBP) vest after three years 
and are normally only payable if the Director remains employed by the Group at the end of that period. 
The deferred shares awarded are held by an Employee Benefit Trust until vesting.

•  A ‘dividend equivalent’ provision is also available on the DBP shares at the discretion of the Committee, 
enabling dividend or dividend equivalent payments to be paid, in cash or shares, on any shares that vest.

•  Both the cash and deferred share elements of the annual bonus are subject to clawback in the event 

of a material misstatement of the financial results, serious misconduct by a participant or other 
defined reasons.

Maximum

• 

100% of base salary.

Performance measures

•  A bonus of 80% of salary is based against a sliding scale of challenging and stretching financial 

performance targets, of which the first 50% of salary is payable in cash and the remaining 30% of salary 
in deferred shares under the DBP. A bonus of up to 20% of salary, which is payable in cash, is based on 
the achievement of specific and measurable personal targets. Irrespective of achievement against the 
personal targets, no bonus is payable unless a minimum level of financial performance is achieved.

•  The Committee retains the ability in exceptional circumstances to adjust the targets and/or set different 

measures and alter weightings for the annual bonus if certain events occur, such as a material divestment 
of a Group business, which cause it to determine they are no longer appropriate and a change is required 
to ensure that they achieve their original purpose and are not materially less difficult to satisfy.

Element: LTIP

Purpose and link  
to strategy

•  The objectives of the LTIP are to align the long‑term interests of shareholders and management and 

reward achievement of long‑term, stretching targets.

•  Awards are made to Executive Directors and to senior executives who have a significant influence over 
the Group’s ability to meet its strategic objectives. Whilst it is not a requirement of the LTIP, senior 
executives are encouraged to use the scheme to increase their share ownership in the Company.

Operation

•  Annual awards are granted, subject to individual performance and Committee discretion. The awards 

vest after three years subject to continued employment and the satisfaction of challenging performance 
conditions. A two‑year post‑vesting holding period applies to all shares (less any shares required to be 
sold to cover withholding tax) that vest.

•  LTIP awards are subject to clawback in the event of a material misstatement of the financial results, 

serious misconduct by a participant or other defined reasons.

•  A ‘dividend equivalent’ provision is also available at the discretion of the Committee, enabling 

dividend equivalent payments to be paid, in cash or shares, on any shares that vest under the LTIP.

•  The Committee will operate the LTIP according to its respective rules and in accordance with the 

Listing Rules and HMRC rules, where relevant. 

•  The Committee retains discretion, consistent with market practice, in regard to the operation and 

administration of the LTIP, including: the option to provide different types of awards; settling any vesting 
awards in cash; when dealing with a change of control (e.g. the timing of testing performance conditions) 
or restructuring of the Group; determination of a good/bad leaver based on the rules of each plan and 
the appropriate treatment chosen; and adjustments in certain circumstances, such as rights issues, 
corporate restructuring, events and special dividends.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information54

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Remuneration

Remuneration Policy report continued

Future Policy table continued

Element: LTIP continued

Maximum

• 

125% of salary for the Chief Executive Officer and 110% of salary for the Chief Finance Officer in any 
financial year. The Committee reviews the quantum of awards annually to ensure they are in line with 
market levels and appropriate given the performance of the individual and the Company.
•  Actual award levels to Executive Directors are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Performance measures

•  Vesting of awards would normally be based on:

• 

the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance measured over no less than three years 
against a peer group of companies selected by the Committee as at the start of the performance 
period; and

•  key financial measures of performance (such as, but not limited to, Earnings Per Share (EPS)) 

selected by the Committee over a period of no less than three financial years.

•  Targets are set by the Committee for each award on a sliding scale basis. No more than 25% of awards 
will vest for threshold performance, with full vesting taking place for equalling or exceeding maximum 
performance conditions. 

•  Different performance measures and/or weightings may be used for future awards to help drive the 

strategy of the business.

•  EPS is a measure of the Company’s overall financial success and TSR provides an external assessment 
of the Company’s performance against comparable companies on the London Stock Exchange. It also 
aligns the rewards received by executives with the returns received by shareholders.

•  Details of the performance conditions applied to awards granted in the year under review and for the 

awards to be granted in the forthcoming year are set out on pages 58, 59 and 60 respectively.

•  The Committee retains the ability in exceptional circumstances to adjust the targets and/or set different 
measures and alter weightings for the LTIP if events occur, such as a material divestment of a Group 
business, which cause it to determine they are no longer appropriate and a change is required to ensure 
that they achieve their original purpose and are not materially less difficult to satisfy.

Element: Non‑Executive Director fees

Purpose and link  
to strategy

•  To ensure the Group is able to attract and retain experienced and skilled Non‑Executive Directors able to 

advise and assist with establishing and monitoring the strategic objectives of the Company.

Operation

•  The remuneration of the Chairman and the Non‑Executive Directors is payable in cash fees. They are 

not eligible to participate in bonus or share incentive schemes. Their services do not qualify for pension 
or other benefits. Fees are paid monthly and reasonable expenses are reimbursed where appropriate. 
Tax may be reimbursed if these expenses are determined to be a taxable benefit.

•  Fee levels are determined by the full Board with reference to those paid by other companies of similar 
size and complexity, and to reflect the amount of time they are expected to devote to the Group’s 
activities during the year. A supplementary fee is also paid to Committee Chairs and to the Senior 
Independent Director to reflect their additional responsibilities.

Maximum

•  Details of the current fees for the Chairman and Non‑Executive Directors are set out on page 58. 

Under the Company’s current Articles of Association, the aggregate annual sum for Non‑Executive 
Director fees cannot exceed £400,000 p.a. The Company does not intend to seek shareholder approval 
for any increase to this maximum in the short to medium term.

Performance measures

•  No element of the Chairman’s or Non‑Executive Directors’ fees is performance related.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 55

Element: share ownership guidelines

Purpose and link  
to strategy

Operation

•  Both the Executive and Non‑Executive Directors and other senior executives are encouraged to build and 
maintain a shareholding in the Company as this represents the best way to align their interests with those 
of shareholders. Levels are set in relation to earnings and according to the post held in the Company.

•  The expectation is that executives will build up to these levels over a period of time, through retaining 
shares received under the Company’s incentive arrangements and/or purchased in their own right.
•  The Executive Directors are also required to maintain a shareholding worth up to 100% of their salary 

for a minimum of twelve months after cessation of employment.

Maximum

•  There is no maximum; however, target levels are set at 200% of salary for Executive Directors, 33% of 

annual fees for Non‑Executive Directors and 50% of salary for other senior executives.

Performance measures

•  Not applicable.

Element: recruitment remuneration

Purpose and link  
to strategy

•  To ensure the Group is able to recruit and retain high‑calibre Executive and Non‑Executive Directors.

Operation

•  New Director remuneration arrangements will be based upon and within the limits of the various 

elements as set out on pages 52 to 54. 

In addition:
•  Executive Director buy‑out payments may be made in exceptional circumstances; typically when these 
are considered to be in the best interests of the Company to facilitate the buy‑out of value forfeited on 
joining the Company. These payments would typically be in the form of an enhanced LTIP award under 
the rules and maximums permitted under the Company’s LTIP rules at that time or, if required, using 
Listing Rule 9.4.2. Such payment would take account of remuneration being relinquished, including the 
nature and time horizons attached to such remuneration and the impact of any performance conditions. 
In exceptional circumstances, payments could be made in the form of a cash payment or Restricted 
Share Award. When in the form of a cash payment, this would normally be subject to clawback in certain 
situations, in line with other elements under the Company’s Remuneration Policy. Shareholders will be 
informed of any such payments at the time of appointment.

•  Relocation packages, generally consisting of out‑of‑pocket expenses, together with any additional costs 
solely attributable to the relocation may be offered in situations deemed essential in order to carry out 
the relevant role successfully. Any package will be designed to ensure the new recruit becomes effective 
in their role as soon as possible, with minimal distractions from any relocation.
In respect of internal promotions, any remuneration commitments made before such promotion (whether 
or not they would fall within the principles of the Company’s current Remuneration Policy) may form 
part of that Director’s remuneration package, with the expectation that any such commitments would be 
phased out over time.

• 

Maximum

• 

It is intended that the value of any element of normal remuneration will generally be on the same basis 
as the existing Directors (pro‑rated where appropriate dependent on time of joining the Company) 
and elements such as buy‑out payments being no higher than the expected value of the forfeited 
arrangements.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information56

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Remuneration

Remuneration Policy report continued

Future Policy table continued

Element: Executive Director compensation on loss of office

Purpose and link  
to strategy

Operation

•  On termination of an Executive Director’s service contract, the Committee will seek to provide the 

minimum compensation applicable to the individual’s employment contract.

•  Executive Director service contracts will stipulate the Company’s compensation commitments to 
be honoured in an early termination event. Any commitments will be within the principles of the 
Company’s Remuneration Policy.

•  Directors’ service contracts confirm that the Company may terminate the contract with immediate 
effect by making a payment equal to base salary for any unexpired period of notice. The Company 
also has the option to pay notice month by month that would reduce or cease if the departing Director 
obtained other employment.

•  There are no agreements between the Company and its Directors or employees providing for additional 
compensation for loss of office or employment (whether through resignation, purported redundancy 
or otherwise) that may occur in the event of a takeover bid. It is also the Company’s policy not to 
include liquidated damages clauses in service contracts, unless there is a clear explainable benefit for 
the Company in doing so. None of the Executive Director service contracts contain any such liquidated 
damages provision.

•  Statutory redundancy payments will be made as appropriate.
•  Costs attributable to outplacement and/or legal fees associated with the termination of an Executive 
Director’s service contract (including the settlement of any claims brought against the Company, 
such as unfair dismissal) may be paid by the Company where appropriate.
In circumstances in which a leaving Director may be entitled to pursue a legal claim, the Company may 
negotiate settlement terms if it considers this to be in the best interests of the Company and, with the 
approval of the Committee on the remuneration elements therein, enter into a settlement agreement.

• 

Maximum

•  Any compensation arrangements will not be beyond those stipulated in the Directors’ service 

contracts and will normally be limited to base salary, benefits and pension elements. Dependent 
upon the circumstances (and subject to the Committee’s discretion) as shown below, a Director’s 
performance‑related remuneration elements may also be included.

Annual bonus

LTIP

Normal exit
(termination for reasons 
of resignation or 
dismissal).

Good leaver
(termination for reasons of 
death, ill health, retirement, 
redundancy, or at the discretion 
of the Committee).

Change of control
(excludes a reorganisation or 
reconstruction where ownership 
does not materially change).

No entitlement for year 
of exit. Payments in 
earlier years may be 
subject to clawback in 
certain circumstances.

Unvested awards lapse. 
Vested awards may be 
subject to clawback in 
certain circumstances.

Pro‑rated (based upon timing 
and performance) for year 
of exit. Any DBP awards (at 
Committee discretion) vest at 
either normal vesting date or 
on cessation of employment.

Unvested awards pro‑rated 
based upon rules of LTIP plan 
(at Committee discretion) 
and vest on either normal 
vesting date or cessation 
of employment.

Extent to which performance requirements 
are satisfied in year determines level of 
annual bonus. Any unvested DBP awards 
will vest on date of the relevant event.

Unvested awards are pro‑rated based upon 
rules of LTIP plan (at Committee discretion) 
and vest on the date of the relevant event.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 57

External appointments
Executive Directors are permitted, where appropriate 
and with Board approval, to assume non‑executive 
directorships of other organisations. Where the 
Company releases Executive Directors to carry out 
non‑executive duties, they will be required to disclose 
the fact that they retain any earnings and the amount 
of such remuneration. Neither of the Executive Directors 
held any external directorships during the year ended 
30 June 2018.

Non‑Executive Directors’ letters of appointment
Set out below is information regarding the dates of 
the letters of appointment and notice periods for the 
Chairman and the Non‑Executive Directors.

Director(1) 

Latest 
letter of 
appointment 

Date first 
appointed to 
the Board 

Notice  
period(2)

John Coleman  04/09/2018 

22/04/2016 

3 months

Steve Hannam  04/09/2018  04/02/2013 

3 months

Neil Harrington  04/09/2018 

03/01/2012 

3 months

Sandra Turner  04/09/2018 

01/08/2011 

3 months

(1)  All Directors are re‑elected on an annual basis.

(2) Terminable at the discretion of either party. Appointments may 

be terminated without compensation in the event of them not 
being re‑elected by shareholders or otherwise in accordance with 
the Articles.

Any appointment for more than nine years in total 
will be subject to annual review by the Board, as well 
as shareholder approval. Consideration will be given 
to the importance of refreshing the membership of 
the Board and avoiding any undue reliance on any 
particular individual, whilst assessing the contribution 
made by that individual, together with the ongoing 
commitment required to the role and the benefit gained 
from any continuity of handover with newer members 
of the Board.

Executive Directors’ service contracts
Service contracts stipulate that the Executive Directors 
will provide services to the Company on a full‑time basis.

Executive Director(1) 

Rik De Vos 

Chris Smith 

Date of 
service contract 

Notice  
period(2)

17/12/2014 

6 months

15/07/2014 

6 months

(1)  All Directors are re‑elected on an annual basis.

(2) By either the Company or Executive Director. In exceptional 

circumstances, notice periods for up to a maximum of twelve 
months may be offered to newly recruited Directors.

The contracts contain restrictive covenants for periods 
of up to six months post‑employment relating to 
non‑competition and non‑solicitation of the Group’s 
customers, suppliers and employees and indefinitely 
with respect to confidential information. In addition, 
they provide for the Group to own any intellectual 
property rights created by the Directors in the course 
of their employment.

Remuneration performance scenarios 2018/19
The chart below illustrates how the composition 
of the Chief Executive Officer’s and Chief Finance 
Officer’s remuneration packages could vary at different 
levels of performance under the Company’s 2018/19 
implementation of the Remuneration Policy as a total 
value opportunity.

£k
1,800

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

LTIPs (based on 125% salary 
CEO and 110% salary CFO)
Annual bonus
Fixed pay

£1,612k

35%

£577k

£365k

£982k

13%

28%

59%

£614k
12%

29%

59%

£982k

29%

33%

36%

30%

37%

Below
target
(CEO)(1)

Below
target
(CFO)(1)

On target
(CEO)(2)

On target
(CFO)(2)

Maximum
(CEO)(3)

Maximum
(CFO)(3)

(1)  Below target represents fixed pay only (consisting of base salary, 

benefits and pension). 

(2) On‑target performance assumes a bonus award of 60% of salary 
and 22.5% vesting under the LTIP. The DBP and LTIP elements are 
calculated as an award percentage of base salary multiplied by the 
relevant vesting percentage. No assumptions are made as to likely 
share price growth for the DBP or LTIP.

(3) Maximum performance assumes a bonus award of 100% of salary, 
cash and deferred shares, and full vesting under the LTIP. The DBP 
and LTIP elements are calculated as an award percentage of base 
salary multiplied by the relevant vesting percentage. No assumptions 
are made as to likely share price growth for the DBP or LTIP.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
58

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Remuneration

Remuneration Policy report continued

Application of the Remuneration Policy for the 2018/19 financial year
The table below sets out how the Remuneration Policy, approved by shareholders in 2017, will be applied for the 
2018/19 financial year.

Element 

Application of policy for 2018/19 

Explanation

Executive Director 
base salary

The base salary for Rik De Vos, Chief Executive 
Officer, remains at £460,000 (2017/18: £460,000).

The base salary for Chris Smith, Chief Finance 
Officer, remains at £294,000 (2017/18: £294,000).

It is not expected that there will be any further 
material increase to the Executive Director 
salaries during the lifetime of the current 
Remuneration Policy.

Benefits and pension

Both the Executive Directors will continue to 
receive the Company’s standard benefits package. 

The current benefits are considered to be 
appropriate.

Annual bonus

LTIP

Both Rik De Vos and Chris Smith receive a cash sum 
in lieu of a pension contribution at 20% of annual 
base salary.

The structure and operation of the annual bonus 
scheme will continue in line with the previous 
financial year. The maximum bonus opportunity 
for the Executive Directors continues to be 100% 
of salary: 80% of the award will be subject to a 
sliding scale of challenging operating profit targets 
and 20% will be subject to specific measurable 
personal targets.

The LTIP awards to be granted in 2018/19 will 
continue to be subject to EPS and relative TSR 
performance conditions. The intended Executive 
Director grant level for the LTIP is 125% of salary for 
the Chief Executive Officer and 110% of salary for 
the Chief Finance Officer.

The TSR schedule and comparator group is based 
upon the FTSE SmallCap Ex. Investment Companies 
Index with 25% of this element of the award vesting 
for median performance; with full vesting for upper 
quartile performance. EPS targets continue to align 
to the Company’s three‑year business targets and 
our plans for EPS growth. Awards subject to the 
EPS condition will lapse unless the Company’s EPS 
Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) (adjusted 
to exclude the effects of amortisation of intangible 
assets and exceptional items) is at least 8%, at which 
level 20% of this element will vest. For performance 
above this level, awards will vest on a rising scale, 
with full vesting only if EPS CAGR reaches 17%.

The Committee considers that the forward‑looking 
targets are commercially sensitive and has, 
therefore, chosen not to disclose them in advance. 
Details of the targets will be set out retrospectively 
in next year’s Remuneration report. However, the 
targets are considered to be demanding in the 
context of the Company’s circumstances.

TSR provides an external assessment of the 
Company’s performance against its competitors. 
It also aligns the rewards received by executives 
with the returns received by shareholders.

The EPS performance measure has been selected 
as it is one of the KPIs used in the business 
and is a measure well understood by the senior 
executives. It is also something which they can 
influence directly.

Non‑Executive 
Director fees

The fee policy for the Chairman and Non‑Executive 
Directors continues to be as follows: 

Non‑Executive Director fees were increased in 2017, 
the previous increase of fees being in July 2009.

•  base Chairman fee: £150,000; 
•  base Non‑Executive Director fee: £45,000; 
•  Chair of the Audit and Remuneration 

Committees: £7,000 (additional fee); and

•  Senior Independent Director: £7,000 

(additional fee). 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 59

Annual Report on Remuneration

Application of the shareholder‑approved 2017 Remuneration Policy for 2017/18
Single total remuneration figure for the Executive Directors (audited)
The table below sets out a single total remuneration figure for the position of Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Finance Officer for the 2017/18 financial year:

Rik De Vos 

2017/18 

2016/17 

Chris Smith 

2017/18 

2016/17 

Fixed remuneration 

Performance related 

Base 

salary(1)  Benefits(2)  Pension(3) 
£’000 
£’000 

£’000 

Sub 
total 
£’000 

Annual 
bonus(4) 
£’000 

LTIPs(5) 
£’000 

Sub 
total 
£’000 

Total 
 remuneration 
£’000

460 

430 

294 

272 

25 

23 

12 

11 

92 

86 

59 

54 

577 

539 

365 

337 

— 

304 

— 

192 

313 

326 

195 

244 

313 

630 

195 

436 

890

1,169

560

773

(1)  Full base salary paid during the relevant financial year.

(2) Benefits consist of the provision of a company car and fuel (or cash equivalent), private healthcare, disability insurance and life cover.

(3) The pension figure represents the value of the Company’s contribution to the individual’s pension scheme and/or the cash value of payments 

in lieu of pension contribution.

(4) The annual bonus is the cash value of the bonus in respect of the year ended 30 June 2018, including any deferred shares which must be held 

for a minimum three‑year period.

(5) The value of the LTIPs for the 2017/18 financial year represents the estimated value of the September 2015 award (the performance period 

for which ended on 30 June 2018), using the three‑month average share price to 30 June 2018. The value of the LTIPs for the 2016/17 year has 
been restated and represents the value of the February 2015 award (the performance which ended on 30 June 2017), using the share price on 
the date of vesting (20 February 2018), following the estimated share price last year.

Pension (audited)
The Company paid Rik De Vos and Chris Smith a cash sum in lieu of a pension contribution at 20% of annual base 
salary. Both Rik De Vos and Chris Smith have a contracted agreement that this payment relieves the Company of 
any liability for pension provision on his behalf.

Annual bonus (audited)
For the 2017/18 financial year, the maximum bonus opportunity for the Executive Directors was 100% of salary. 
80% of bonus was based upon financial performance and 20% for performance against demanding specific 
measurable personal targets. The Committee determined that neither the financial nor personal elements had been 
achieved and therefore that no bonus would be payable. Details of the bonus targets are provided in the table below: 

Financial element outcomes

Executive Director 

Group EBITA(1)  

Performance targets(4) 

  Threshold 

Target 

Stretch 

Actual 
performance 

Payout
(% of salary)

43.2 

46.0 

50.6 

35.5 

—

(1)  Excludes amortisation of intangibles, exceptional costs at 2017/18 internal budgeted exchange rates.

(2) Achievement between the minimum and maximum calculated on a straight‑line basis between the three reference points.

Personal element outcomes

Executive Director 

Rik De Vos 

Chris Smith 

  Weighting 

Performance targets(4) 

Measure  (% of salary)  Threshold 

Target 

Stretch 

Actual 
performance 

Payout
(% of salary)

Net return on average  

capital employed (NROACE)(1) 

 Organic sales growth(2) 

Net return on average  

10 

10 

13.9% 

15.0% 

16.1% 

1% 

2% 

3% 

capital employed (NROACE)(1) 

10 

13.9% 

15.0% 

16.1% 

13.8% 

(1.5%) 

13.8% 

Free cash flow(3) 

10  £64.9m  £67.2m  £69.5m 

  £46.0m 

—

—

—

—

(1)  Net return means the adjusted net profit, as per the statutory financial statements. Average capital employed means the average capital 

employed calculated as the average of the twelve‑month end values. NROACE calculation based upon 2016/17 internal budget exchange rates.

(2) Organic sales growth is defined as all sales excluding M&A activity.

(3) Free cash flow is defined as operating cash flow as per the management accounts after adding back cash capital expenditure and measured 

upon 2017/18 internal budget exchange rates.

(4) Achievement between the minimum and maximum calculated on a straight‑line basis between the three reference points.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Remuneration

Annual Report on Remuneration continued

LTIP (audited)
In the year under review, LTIP awards were granted to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Finance Officer in 
September 2017 under the McBride plc 2014 LTIP.

Detailed assumptions used in calculating the fair value of the awards are outlined in note 24 to the consolidated 
financial statements on page 116. 

Interests of Directors under the McBride plc 2014 LTIP at 1 July 2017 and 30 June 2018 are set out below:

Director 

Rik De Vos 

Chris Smith 

  Number of 
awards 
at 1 July  Allocated 
in year 

2017 

Date of 
award 

  Number of 
Awards  Allocations  awards at  
30 June 
2018 

lapsed in 
year 

vested in 
year 

Market 
price at  
date of 
award (£) 

19/02/2015 

192,123 

09/09/2015  329,896 

09/09/2016 

228,571 

— 

— 

— 

11/09/2017 

—  292,249(1) 

19/02/2015 

144,092 

09/09/2015  206,185 

09/09/2016 

142,857 

— 

— 

— 

11/09/2017 

— 

164,371(1) 

192,123 

— 

— 

0.8675 

— 

— 

— 

—  329,896(2) 

1.2125 

—  228,571 

1.7500 

—  292,249 

1.9675 

144,092 

— 

— 

0.8675 

— 

— 

— 

—  206,185(2) 

1.2125 

— 

— 

142,857 

1.7500 

164,371 

1.9675 

Vesting  
date

20/02/2018

10/09/2018

10/09/2019

12/09/2017

20/02/2018

10/09/2018

10/09/2019

12/09/2017

(1)  Awards were granted on the basis of 125% of salary for Rik De Vos and 110% of salary for Chris Smith. The face value of the awards are Rik De Vos: 

£575,000 and Chris Smith: £323,400. Threshold vesting under the TSR condition would be 25% of that part of the award (12.5% of the total award). 
Threshold vesting under the EPS condition would be 20% of that part of the award (10% of the total award).

(2) The LTIP awards granted on 9 September 2015 are based on performance over the three years to 30 June 2018. The Committee reviewed the 

related performance conditions (as detailed in the tables below) and determined that the Company had achieved upper quartile performance in 
relation to the TSR element and 13.38% p.a. growth in relation to the EPS element, giving a total vesting of 62.52%. These shares will vest on the 
third anniversary of the date of grant, being 10 September 2018.

The performance conditions attaching to awards under the LTIP are:

a.  50% of the awards are subject to a TSR performance condition measured against the FTSE SmallCap Ex. 

Investment Companies Index as the comparator group. If the Company’s TSR performance is lower than the 
median of the comparator group, awards subject to the TSR condition will lapse. 

The TSR measure is based upon the average of three months’ share prices immediately preceding the 
relevant performance date and is independently calculated for the Committee.

TSR performance of the Company    
relative to the comparator group(1) 

Below the median  

Equal to the median 

Upper quartile 

 % of total award
vesting (max 50%)

0

12.5

50

(1)  Intermediate performance vesting on straight‑line basis.

b.  50% of the award is subject to an EPS performance condition as set out in the table below. Awards subject to 

the EPS condition will lapse if below the stated minimum growth rate in each year.

% of total award vesting (max 50%)(1) 

0   

10  

50  

EPS Compound Annual 
Growth Rate (CAGR)(2)

Grant  

Grant 

Grant  

  Sept 2015  Sept 2016  Sept 2017

  <13% p.a.  <8% p.a.  <8% p.a.

13% p.a. 

8% p.a. 

8% p.a.

19% p.a. 

17% p.a. 

17% p.a.

(1)  Intermediate performance vesting on straight‑line basis.

(2) Adjusted to include effects of amortisation of intangible assets and exceptional items.

TSR and EPS performance are measured over the period of three consecutive financial years of the Company 
beginning with the year of grant of the award. There will be no resetting or retesting of the performance 
conditions, other than in exceptional circumstances as set out on page 53 and 54.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 61

Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (DBP) (audited)
Interests of Directors under the McBride plc 2012 Deferred Annual Bonus Plan at 1 July 2017 and 30 June 2018 are: 

Director 

Rik De Vos 

Chris Smith 

  Number of 
awards 
at 1 July  Allocated 
in year 

2017 

Date of 
award 

  Number of 
Awards  Allocations  awards at  
30 June 
2018 

lapsed in 
year 

vested in 
year 

Market 
price at  
date of 
award (£) 

10/09/2015 

39,062 

09/09/2016 

68,571 

— 

— 

11/09/2017 

— 

1,682 

19/09/2015 

28,170 

09/09/2016 

42,857 

— 

— 

11/09/2017 

— 

1,064 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

39,062 

1.2800 

68,571 

1.7500 

1,682 

1.9675 

28,170 

1.2800 

42,857 

1.7500 

1,064 

1.9675 

Vesting  
date

11/09/2018

10/09/2019

12/09/2020

11/09/2018

10/09/2019

12/09/2020

The awards granted under the DBP, as shown in the above table, reflect the proportion of the respective year’s 
annual bonus deferred in the year as agreed by the Remuneration Committee at that time. 

There is no exercise price applicable to the awards, which are subject to a restricted period of three years 
and will normally vest on the expiry of this period. Awards granted under the DBP are eligible for dividend 
equivalent payments.

Single total remuneration figure for the Non‑Executive Directors (audited)

John Coleman  

Steve Hannam 

Neil Harrington 

Sandra Turner 

2017/18 

  Committee 

 Base fee(1) Chair/SID fee(2) 

£’000 

£’000 

150 

44 

44 

44 

— 

7 

7 

7 

2016/17

  Committee  
Base fee  Chair/SID fee 
£’000 

£’000 

150 

40 

40 

40 

— 

4  

4  

4  

Total 
£’000 

150 

51 

51 

51 

Total 
£’000

150

44 

44

44 

(1)  The Non‑Executive Director base fee (excluding the Chairman) was increased to £45,000 with effect from September 2017.

(2) The Committee Chair/SID additional fee was increased to £7,000 with effect from September 2017.

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited)

At 30 June 2018 

John Coleman 

Rik De Vos 

Chris Smith 

Steve Hannam 

Neil Harrington 

Sandra Turner 

Total 
shares 
  beneficially 

owned(1) 

  40,000 

176,887 

122,772 

12,000 

  30,000 

10,000 

Value 
of shares 
£’000 

53 

236 

164 

16 

40 

13 

At 1 July 2017

Total 

% 

of annual  Conditional 

base 
salary 

36 

share  beneficially 
owned 

awards(2) 

shares  Conditional 
share 
awards

—  40,000 

—

51  960,031  40,000  858,223

56  585,504 

41,011 

564,161

31 

77 

26 

— 

12,000 

—  30,000 

— 

10,000 

—

—

—

(1)  There have been no changes from those detailed below between 30 June 2018 and the date of this report.

(2) The conditional share awards have been made under the McBride plc 2014 LTIP and Deferred Annual Bonus Plan.

None of the Directors had any interest in the shares of any subsidiary company.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
62

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Remuneration

Annual Report on Remuneration continued

Review of past performance
The graph below charts the TSR (share value movement plus reinvested dividends), over the nine years to 
30 June 2018, of shares in McBride plc compared with that of a hypothetical holding in the FTSE SmallCap 
Ex. Investment Companies Index. The Directors consider this index to be an appropriate comparator group for 
assessing the Company’s TSR as it provides a well defined, understood and accessible benchmark.

McBride

FTSE SmallCap

£
4.0

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

Jul 
09

Jul 
10

Jul 
11

Jul 
12

Jul 
13

Jul 
14

Jul 
15

Jul
16

Jul
17

Jul
18

The following table shows the historic Chief Executive Officers’ levels of total remuneration (single figure of total 
remuneration), together with annual bonus and LTIP awards as a percentage of the maximum available.

CEO/financial year 

Rik De Vos

2017/18 

2016/17 

2015/16 

2014/15(1) 

Chris Bull 

2014/15(1) 

2013/14 

2012/13 

2011/12 

2010/11 

2009/10(2) 

Miles Roberts 

2009/10(2) 

Annual  
 remuneration  bonus % of 

Total 

LTIP % of  

£’000  maximum  maximum

890 

1,169 

893 

357 

253 

512 

512 

704 

531 

83 

— 

70.8 

98.5 

89.0 

— 

— 

— 

48.0 

5.0 

— 

519 

— 

62.5

100.0

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(1)  Chris Bull left the business on 18 December 2014, with Rik De Vos appointed with effect from 2 February 2015.

(2) Miles Roberts left the business on 30 April 2010, with Chris Bull appointed with effect from 4 May 2010.

Percentage change in Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration
The table below shows the percentage change in Chief Executive Officer annual remuneration from the prior 
year compared to the average percentage in remuneration for all UK employees (1,133 employees). Although 
the Company has an international workforce, this group has been chosen as it continues to represent the most 
meaningful comparator group to the UK‑based Chief Executive Officer.

Chief Executive Officer 

Comparator group 

% change 2017/18

Base  
salary 

Taxable 
benefits 

Annual  
bonus

— 

5.2 

9.0 

(100.0)

— 

(89.2)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 63

Relative importance of spend on pay

2017/18  

2016/17 

Shareholder 
distribution

Underlying 
EBITDA

Total 
employee
cost

0

30

60

£m

90

120

150

Exit payments (audited)
There were no Executive Director exit payments made during 2017/18.

Payments to third parties (audited)
No payments were made to third parties for making available the services of any of the Directors during 2017/18.

Remuneration Committee support
Meetings may be attended by the Chief Executive Officer on all matters except those relating to his own 
remuneration. Support is provided by the Chief HR Officer and the Company Secretary, who serves as Secretary to 
the Committee. No Director participates in any discussion relating to his or her own remuneration. The Company’s 
independent remuneration consultants also attend meetings by invitation.

Remuneration Committee advisers
During the year, the Committee continued to engage the services of the independent consultants, NBS (part of 
Aon Hewitt Limited) for the purposes of providing professional advice to guide the Committee in its decision 
making. NBS received £34,770 in respect of the services provided for the 2017/18 financial year (2016/17: £86,300). 
NBS is a signatory to the Remuneration Consultant Group’s Code of Conduct. Aon UK Limited continues to act 
as the Group’s insurance broker. NBS has confirmed that no conflict exists by these appointments. 

Statement of shareholder voting
The table below shows the voting outcome at the October 2017 AGM for the approval of the Company’s current 
Remuneration Policy and 2017/18 Remuneration report:

Resolution 

Approval of Remuneration Policy (binding vote)   

Approval of Remuneration report (advisory vote)  

Votes 
for 

Votes 
against 

% 

 135,522,278 

99.88 

165,897 

 128,569,799 

94.75  7,118,462 

% 

0.12 

5.25 

Votes 
withheld

21,885

21,799

The Remuneration Committee strongly welcome this continued shareholder support for the Company’s 
Remuneration Policy.

This Remuneration report was approved by the Board on 6 September 2018.

On behalf of the Board 

Sandra Turner
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

6 September 2018 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Relations with shareholders

Shareholder engagement

Information on share capital
Information about share capital can be found in the 
Other statutory information section on page 66.

Shareholder queries
Our share register is managed by Link Asset Services 
(formerly Capita Asset Services). 

Their contact details can be found on page 130.

Electronic communications
Shareholders are able to register to receive 
communications from McBride electronically. 
McBride encourages shareholders to elect to receive 
all communications electronically, to enable more secure 
and prompt communication which reduces cost and 
environmental impact through saving paper, mailing and 
transportation. 

You can register directly by visiting www.signalshares.com 
and following the online instructions. Alternatively, you 
can access the service via the investor relations section 
of McBride’s website at www.mcbride.co.uk.

We place considerable importance on maintaining 
effective and balanced dialogue with all shareholders 
to discuss the Company’s strategy and other associated 
objectives. 

All announcements released by the London Stock 
Exchange’s Regulatory News Service are published on 
the Company’s website along with a range of other 
corporate information available for investor review.

The Executive Directors continue to proactively engage 
with both existing and potential shareholders with the 
purpose of understanding their appetite to invest in the 
Company. In addition, they deliver formal presentations 
of full‑year and half‑year results with face‑to‑face 
meetings with analysts, brokers and fund managers to 
promote a better understanding of the business and its 
strategic plans.

The Board is kept informed of investors’ views through 
the distribution and regular discussion of analysts’ and 
brokers’ briefings and through summaries of investor 
opinion feedback. The Chairman, Senior Independent 
Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee are 
available to discuss governance and strategy with major 
shareholders and are prepared to contact individual 
shareholders should any specific areas of concern or 
enquiry be raised.

All the Directors attend the AGM and are available 
to answer questions. The proxy votes cast in relation 
to all resolutions, including details of votes withheld, 
are disclosed during the meeting and the results 
made available on our website and announced via 
the Regulatory News Service. 

Online shareholder services
McBride provides a number of services online in 
the investor relations section of its website at  
www.mcbride.co.uk, including:

•  view and/or download annual and interim reports;
•  check current or historic share prices (there 
is an historic share price download facility);

•  check the amounts and dates of historic 

payments to shareholders;

•  use interactive tools to calculate the value 

of shareholdings and chart McBride ordinary 
share price changes against indices; and

•  register to receive email alerts regarding press 

releases, including regulatory news announcements, 
Annual Reports and Company presentations.

Other statutory information

Reporting requirements
The Group is required to produce a Strategic report 
complying with the requirements of section 414A of 
the Companies Act 2006 (‘the Act’). The Group has 
complied with this requirement and incorporates a 
detailed review of the Group’s activities, its business 
performance and developments during the year and 
an indication of likely future developments on pages 
1 to 36.

The corporate governance statement, as required by 
Rule 7.2.1 of the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure 
and Transparency Rules, is set out on pages 38 to 67 of 
the Corporate governance report and forms part of the 
Directors’ report.

For the purposes of DTR 4.1.5R(2) and DTR 4.1.8R the 
Directors’ report is the management report.

For the purposes of LR 9.8.4CR, the information 
required to be disclosed can be found in the following 
locations:

Section  Topic 

Location

1, 2, 5‑9  
& 11‑14

4

10

Not applicable

Not applicable

Details of long‑term 
incentive schemes

Remuneration report, 
page 60

Contracts of significance Other statutory 

information section, 
page 66

Group results
The results for the year are set out in the Consolidated 
income statement on page 76 and a discussion of the 
Group’s financial performance and progress is set out in 
the Strategic report.

Payments to shareholders
The Company intends that, for the foreseeable future, 
all payments to shareholders will be made by the 
issue of non‑cumulative redeemable preference shares 
(‘B Shares’). 

Subject to shareholder approval to renew the B Share 
scheme at the AGM, the Board is recommending the 
allotment of 28 B Shares (equivalent to 2.8 pence) per 
ordinary share held (2017: 2.9p), giving a total allotment 
for the year of 43 B Shares (equivalent to 4.3 pence) per 
ordinary share (2017: 4.3p). Further details of payments 
to shareholders are shown in note 12 to the consolidated 
financial statements on page 100.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 65

Directors and their interests
The Directors who held office during the year were 
John Coleman, Rik De Vos, Chris Smith, Steve Hannam, 
Neil Harrington and Sandra Turner. Their biographical 
details appear on pages 38 and 39.

Information on the Directors’ remuneration and service 
contracts is given in the Remuneration report on 
pages 50 to 63.

The beneficial interests of the Directors in the share 
capital of the Company are shown in the Remuneration 
report on page 62.

In line with the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s 
Articles of Association, the Company has a strict 
process in place to manage conflicts of interest. 
A Director who becomes aware that they or their 
connected persons have an interest in an existing or 
proposed transaction with the Company is required to 
declare that interest at a meeting of the Board. Such 
disclosures are recorded and compliance reviewed 
at each meeting. Under the powers granted by the 
Company’s Articles, the Board is authorised to approve 
such conflicts where appropriate.

Directors and their powers
The Company’s Articles give power to the Board to 
appoint Directors, but also require Directors to retire 
and submit themselves for election at the first AGM 
following their appointment. Specific information 
regarding the re‑election of Directors is contained in 
the Corporate governance section on page 42.

The Company’s Articles place a general prohibition 
on a Director voting in respect of any contract or 
arrangement in which they have a material interest 
other than by virtue of their interest in shares in 
the Company. 

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company 
subject to the provisions of relevant statutes and 
the Company’s Articles. A copy of the Articles of 
Association is available from the Group’s website at 
www.mcbride.co.uk.

Indemnification of Directors
The Company has granted an indemnity to the 
Directors in respect of liabilities incurred as a result 
of their office. In respect of those liabilities for which 
Directors may not be indemnified, the Company 
maintained a Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance 
policy throughout the period. 

Although their defence costs may be met, neither the 
Company’s indemnity nor the insurance policy provides 
cover in the event that the Director is proved to have 
acted fraudulently or dishonestly. The Company is 
also permitted to advance costs to Directors for their 
defence in investigations or legal actions.

Related party transactions
Except for Directors’ service contracts, the Company 
did not have any material transactions or transactions 
of an unusual nature with, and did not make loans to, 
related parties in the periods in which any Director is, 
or was, materially interested.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information66

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Other statutory information continued

Share capital
Details of the Company’s share capital are shown in 
note 26 to the consolidated financial statements on 
page 118.

The ordinary shares of the Company carry equal 
rights to dividends, voting and return of capital on the 
winding up of the Company. There are no restrictions 
on the transfer of securities in the Company (other than 
following service of a notice under section 793 of the 
Act) and there are no restrictions on any voting rights 
or deadlines, other than those prescribed by law, nor 
is the Company aware of any arrangements between 
holders of its shares which may result in restrictions on 
the transfer of securities or on voting rights.

Participants in employee share schemes have no voting 
or other rights in respect of the shares subject to those 
awards until the allocations are exercised, at which time 
the shares rank pari passu in all respects with shares 
already in issue. No such schemes have any rights with 
regard to control of the Company.

Employees
The Group employed an average of 4,000 people 
during the year ended 30 June 2018. 

We are committed to involving employees and we 
consider that good communication at, and across, all 
levels of the business helps to achieve this. All sites have 
regular briefings which are designed to keep colleagues 
informed of, amongst other things, the financial 
and economic factors that affect the Company’s 
performance and the Chief Executive Officer publishes 
regular announcements which update employees of 
progress against key priorities and projects.

We are keen to engage our employees by providing 
an open environment where they can contribute 
their own ideas and challenge those of others. 
Employees are encouraged to embrace teamwork 
and align personal development with the strategy 
of the business. Eligible employees participate in 
performance‑related bonus schemes and some 
senior management participate in an LTIP.

The holders of B Shares have equal rights to a 
preferential dividend and return of capital on the 
winding up of the Company, and are entitled to redeem 
such B Shares if the Directors believe it is appropriate. 
They are not entitled to attend, speak or vote at general 
meetings, except on a resolution relating to the winding 
up of the Company. The B Shares are not admitted 
to the Official List nor are they traded on the London 
Stock Exchange or any other recognised trading 
exchange.

The Board recognises the importance of developing 
internal talent across its global workforce. It is our 
policy to ensure equal opportunity for all employees 
and we have an equal opportunities and diversity policy 
in place which is monitored through the HR function. 
It is a key objective to ensure that successful candidates 
for appointment and promotion are selected taking 
account of individual ability, skills and competencies 
without regard to age, gender, race, religion, disability 
or sexual orientation. 

Share repurchases
At the 2017 AGM, shareholder approval was granted 
to allow the Company to repurchase up to 18,221,000 
ordinary shares. The existing authority will expire on 
the date of the 2018 AGM, when the Directors will be 
seeking authority from shareholders to buy back shares 
which will be cancelled or may be held as treasury 
shares for the purpose of meeting obligations under 
LTIP and employee share schemes.

At the beginning of the financial year, the Company held 
630,992 ordinary shares as treasury shares and during 
the financial year no ordinary shares were repurchased. 
At the end of the year, 270,398 shares were held as 
treasury shares.

Significant agreements/takeovers directive
There are a number of agreements that take effect, 
alter or terminate upon a change of control of the 
Group, such as commercial contracts, bank loan 
agreements and employee share schemes. Other than 
bank loan agreements, none of these are deemed to 
be significant in terms of their potential impact on 
the business of the Group as a whole in the event of 
a change of control.

As required by UK legislation, we published our 
UK Gender Pay Gap for the first time in April 2018. 
More information on the results of this reporting is 
found on page 34. Our Gender Pay Gap Report is 
available on our website www.mcbride.co.uk.

Disabled people are afforded equal opportunities 
in recruitment and promotion and full and fair 
consideration is given to providing opportunities for 
training and development of people with disabilities 
according to their skills and capabilities. We aim to 
provide a supportive working environment and to offer 
terms and conditions of service which allow disabled 
people with the necessary skills and qualifications 
to obtain employment with the Group. If current 
employees become disabled they will continue to 
be employed, wherever practicable in the same job. 
If this is not practicable, every effort is made to find 
and provide appropriate retraining and redeployment. 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 67

Substantial shareholdings
The Company had been notified of the following interests amounting to 3% or more of its issued share capital as at 
the end of the financial year and at 25 August 2018 (being the last practicable date prior to the date of this report).

Shareholder 

Teleios Capital Partners GmbH  

Invesco Asset Management    

NN Investment Partners BV    

J O Hambro Capital Management  

Miton Asset Management Limited  

Standard Life Aberdeen plc    

Gilead Capital, LP   

All the above are institutional holders.

As at 25 August 2018 

As at 30 June 2018

Number 
of shares  

% 

40,664,250 

22.24 

17,246,834 

14,679,395 

11,873,526 

7,770,290 

5,715,388 

5,556,051 

9.43 

8.03 

6.49 

4.25 

3.13 

3.04 

Number 
of shares 

36,804,443 

17,268,271 

14,365,000 

12,475,074 

7,770,290 

5,680,086 

5,585,977 

%

20.13

9.44

7.86

6.82

4.25

3.11

3.06

Tax Strategy
We are committed to being a responsible and compliant 
taxpayer in the countries in which we operate. 

Viability statement
The Viability statement can be found on page 31 
of the Strategic report. 

In accordance with our obligations under the Finance Act 
2016, our Tax Strategy, which is approved by the Board, 
is published on our website at www.mcbride.co.uk.

Political donations
It is the Group’s policy not to make political donations 
and no such donations were made during the year 
(2017: nil).

Environment and greenhouse gas 
emissions reporting
The Group is required to state the annual quantity of 
emissions in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent from 
activities for which the Group is responsible, including 
the combustion of fuel and the operation of any 
facility. Details of our emissions during the year ended 
30 June 2018 are set our in the Corporate responsibility 
section on pages 32 to 36. 

Research and development
The Group recognises the importance of investing in 
research and development which brings new product 
development support for its customers, research into 
new products and materials and further development 
of existing products. Research and development 
expenditure in the year was £7.5 million (2017: £7.4m).

Financial instruments
Information on the Group’s financial risk management 
objectives, policies and activities and on the exposure 
of the Group to relevant risks in respect of financial 
instruments is set out in note 21 to the consolidated 
financial statements on pages 106 to 111.

Going concern
The Going concern statement can be found on 
page 31 of the Strategic report.

Directors’ statement regarding disclosure 
of information to the auditor
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of 
this Directors’ report confirm that, so far as they are each 
aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the 
Company’s auditor is unaware. Each Director has taken 
all the steps he or she ought to have taken as a Director 
to make himself or herself aware of any relevant audit 
information (that is, information needed by the auditor in 
connection with preparing their report) and to establish 
that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

Independent auditor
On the recommendation of the Audit Committee, 
in accordance with section 489 of the Act, resolutions 
are to be proposed at the AGM for the re‑appointment 
of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditor of the 
Company and to authorise the Board to fix their 
remuneration. The remuneration of the auditor for the 
year ended 30 June 2018 is fully disclosed in note 7 
to the consolidated financial statements on page 95.

Annual General Meeting
The notice convening the Company’s 2018 AGM at its 
Central Park office at Northampton Road, Manchester 
M40 5BP on 23 October 2018 at 2.30pm is set out in a 
separate document issued to shareholders.

The Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 
30 June 2018 is available from the Group’s website at 
www.mcbride.co.uk or can be obtained free of charge 
from the Company’s registered office.

Signed by order of the Board

Carol Williams
General Counsel and Company Secretary

6 September 2018 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors have prepared the Group financial statements 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union 
and parent Company financial statements in accordance 
with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 101, ‘Reduced disclosure framework’, 
and applicable law). Under company law the Directors 
must not approve the financial statements unless they 
are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the 
state of affairs of the Group and parent Company and of 
the profit or loss of the Group and parent Company for 
that period. In preparing the financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

•  state whether applicable IFRS as adopted by the 

European Union have been followed for the Group 
financial statements and United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, comprising FRS 101, have been followed 
for the Company financial statements, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going 

concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume 
that the Group and parent Company will continue 
in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Group and parent Company’s transactions 
and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Group and parent Company 
and enable them to ensure that the financial statements 
and the Directors’ remuneration report comply with 
the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group 
financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and parent Company and hence 
for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the parent Company’s website. Legislation 
in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and 
Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group and parent 
Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are 
listed in the Corporate governance report, confirm that, 
to the best of their knowledge:

•  the parent Company financial statements, which have 
been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, 
‘Reduced disclosure framework’, and applicable law), 
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit of the Company;
•  the Group financial statements, which have been 
prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by 
the European Union, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the 
Group; and

•  the Executive review includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and 
the position of the Group and parent Company, 
together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that it faces. 

In the case of each Director in office at the date the 
Directors’ report is approved:

•  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the Group and parent 
Company’s auditor is unaware; and

•  they have taken all the steps that they ought to 

have taken as a Director in order to make themselves 
aware of any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Group and parent Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information.

Welcome to our  
financial statements

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 69

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

Independent auditor’s report
See pages 70 to 75 

Primary statements
See pages 120 to 121 

Primary statements
See pages 76 to 81 

Notes to the consolidated  
financial statements
See pages 82 to 119 

Notes to the Company  
financial statements
See pages 122 to 126

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information70

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Independent auditors’ report
to the members of McBride plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:

•  McBride plc’s group financial statements and company 
financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a 
true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the 
company’s affairs as at 30 June 2018 and of the group’s 
profit and cash flows for the year then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union;

•  the company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced 
Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law); and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in 

accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 and, as regards the group financial statements, 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements, included within 
the Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), 
which comprise: the consolidated and company balance 
sheets as at 30 June 2018; the consolidated income 
statement and statement of comprehensive income, the 
consolidated cash flow statement, reconciliation of net cash 
flow to movement in net debt and the Consolidated and 
Company statements of changes in equity for the year then 
ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which 
include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the 
Audit Committee.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further 
described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements section of our report. We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance 
with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the UK, which includes 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public 
interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that 
non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard 
were not provided to the group or the company.

Other than those disclosed in note 7 to the financial 
statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the 
group or the company in the period from 1 July 2017 to 
30 June 2018.

Our audit approach
Overview
Materiality
•  Overall group materiality: £3.0 million 

(2017: £3.0 million), based on circa 0.5% of revenue.

•  Overall company materiality: £1.5 million 

(2017: £1.5 million), based on the lower of component 
and statutory materiality (statutory materiality based 
on 1% of total assets).

Audit scope
•  We conducted our audit work in four key locations: UK, 
France, Belgium and Denmark, which covered elements 
across the UK, France, Belgium, Denmark and Germany.
•  The territories where we conducted audit work, together 
with audit work performed at shared service centres and 
Group level, accounted for approximately 78% of the 
group’s revenue.
Key audit matters 
•  Fraud in revenue recognition (including trade allowances 

and discounts).

•  Acquisition accounting and disclosure.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 71

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality 
and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the 
financial statements. In particular, we looked at where 
the directors made subjective judgements, for example in 
respect of significant accounting estimates that involved 
making assumptions and considering future events that 
are inherently uncertain. 

We gained an understanding of the legal and regulatory 
framework applicable to the group and the industry in 
which it operates, and considered the risk of acts by 
the group which were contrary to applicable laws and 
regulations, including fraud. We designed audit procedures 
at group and significant component level to respond 
to the risk, recognising that the risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk 
of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may 
involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or 
intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. We 
focused on laws and regulations that could give rise to a 
material misstatement in the group and company financial 

statements, including, but not limited to, the Companies Act 
2006, the Listing Rules, UK tax legislation and equivalent 
local laws and regulations applicable to significant 
component teams. Our tests included, but were not 
limited to, review of the financial statement disclosures 
to underlying supporting documentation, review 
of correspondence with legal advisors, enquiries of 
management, review of component auditors’ work and 
review of internal audit reports in so far as they related 
to the financial statements. There are inherent limitations 
in the audit procedures described above and the further 
removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is 
from the events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements, the less likely we would become aware of it.

We found the risk of Fraud in revenue recognition (including 
trade allowances and discounts) to be a key audit matter, 
and this is discussed further below. As in all of our audits we 
also addressed the risk of management override of internal 
controls, including testing journals and evaluating whether 
there was evidence of bias by the directors that represented 
a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. 

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit 
of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall 
audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, 
and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these 
matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Fraud in revenue recognition (including trade 
allowances and discounts)
ISAs (UK) presume there is a risk of fraud in revenue recognition 
because of the pressure management may feel to achieve the 
planned results.

We agreed rebates recognised to supporting evidence, 
agreements and underlying data to check they were 
appropriately calculated and accounted for. We focused on the 
period in which the rebate was recorded and in particular the 
appropriateness of the accrual at the year end. 

In the consumer products industry, rebate agreements with 
customers (typically retailers) are common. We identified 
this as an area where possible fraud in revenue recognition 
could occur, particularly in relation to the accruals at the 
year-end which had not been settled in cash. Whilst rebates are 
relatively small in the context of the group’s revenue, they are 
inherently complex, non-standardised and require management 
judgement to interpret contractual arrangements.

Acquisition accounting and disclosure
Refer to note 3 ‘Acquisitions and disposals’.

During the year, the group acquired 100% of the equity share 
capital of Danlind A/S, which is accounted for as a business 
combination.

The valuation of the related assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed as part of the business combination has required 
management to make a number of estimates and 
judgements, including determining the fair value of tangible 
net assets acquired; and identifying and valuing intangible 
assets acquired.

We assessed the utilisation of the opening accrual along with 
any releases to the profit and loss account in the year.  

Furthermore we used computer assisted auditing techniques in 
order to test revenue and tested a selection of journals which 
impacted revenue.  

No material issues were identified from our audit work.

We have understood the terms of the acquisition, with 
reference to the acquisition agreement to confirm that 
accounting for as a business combination is appropriate and 
traced consideration paid to bank statements.

We have understood the nature of fair value adjustments 
made and intangible assets recognised. We have agreed the 
fair values to externally prepared experts’ reports and internal 
calculations with the support of our internal valuations experts.

We have tested the key inputs and assumptions used in the 
valuation models by comparing to market data and internal 
forecasts prepared at the time of the acquisition. 

No material issues were identified from our audit work.

We determined that there were no key audit matters applicable to the company to communicate in our report.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information72

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Independent auditors’ report continued
to the members of McBride plc

Our audit approach continued
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we 
performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on 
the financial statements as a whole, taking into account 
the structure of the group and the company, the accounting 
processes and controls, and the industry in which 
they operate.

The Group is a European provider of private label 
household and personal care products. It has production 
capability manufacturing facilities in 10 countries plus a 
sales office in Australia.

The Group is structured in three segments: – household; 
personal care & aerosols; and corporate. The Group financial 
statements are a consolidation of all reporting units 
within these segments comprising the Group’s operating 
businesses and centralised functions. In establishing the 
overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the 
type of work that needed to be performed at the reporting 
units by us, as the Group engagement team, or component 
auditors operating under our instruction. Where the work 
was performed by component auditors, we determined the 
level of involvement we needed to have in this work to be 
able to conclude that sufficient appropriate audit evidence 
had been obtained.

We conducted our audit work in four key locations: 
UK; France; and Belgium; and Denmark, which covered 
elements across the UK, France, Belgium, Germany 
and Denmark. 

The territories where we conducted audit work, together 
with audit work performed at shared service centre 
and Group level, accounted for approximately 78% of 
total revenues as disclosed within the consolidated 
income statement.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application 
of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, 
helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and 
in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually 
and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole. 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 73

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

Overall materiality

£3.0 million (2017: £3.0 million).

£1.5 million (2017: £1.5 million).

How we determined it

Circa 0.5% of revenue.

Rationale for benchmark 
applied

Consistent with last year, we applied 
this benchmark as we believe that 
revenue is the most relevant measure 
of recurring performance.

Based on the lower of component and statutory 
materiality (statutory materiality based on 1% of 
total assets).

We believe that calculating statutory materiality 
based on 1% of total assets is appropriate as 
total assets is a typical primary measure for 
users of the financial statements of holding 
companies, and is a generally accepted 
auditing benchmark.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group 
materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was between £0.5 million and £2.7 million. Certain 
components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above 
£0.15 million (Group audit) (2017: £0.15 million) and £0.15 million (Company audit) (2017: £0.15 million) as well as 
misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Going concern
In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows:

Reporting obligation

Outcome

We are required to report if we have anything material to add 
or draw attention to in respect of the directors’ statement 
in the financial statements about whether the directors 
considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis 
of accounting in preparing the financial statements and the 
directors’ identification of any material uncertainties to the 
group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern over a period of at least twelve months from the 
date of approval of the financial statements.

We are required to report if the directors’ statement relating 
to Going Concern in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) 
is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in 
the audit.

We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to. 
However, because not all future events or conditions can be 
predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the group’s 
and company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

We have nothing to report.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information74

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Independent auditors’ report continued
to the members of McBride plc

Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in 
the Annual Report other than the financial statements and 
our auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible 
for the other information. Our opinion on the financial 
statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except 
to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any 
form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, 
our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material 
inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required 
to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a 
material misstatement of the financial statements or a 
material misstatement of the other information. If, based 
on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is 
a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report 
based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ report, 
we also considered whether the disclosures required by the 
UK Companies Act 2006 have been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and our 
work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies 
Act 2006 (CA06), ISAs (UK) and the Listing Rules of the 
Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) require us also to report 
certain opinions and matters as described below (required 
by ISAs (UK) unless otherwise stated).

Strategic Report and Directors’ report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course 
of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report 
and Directors’ report for the year ended 30 June 2018 
is consistent with the financial statements and has been 
prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. 
(CA06)

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group 
and company and their environment obtained in the course 
of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements 
in the Strategic Report and Directors’ report. (CA06)

The directors’ assessment of the prospects of the 
group and of the principal risks that would threaten 
the solvency or liquidity of the group
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to 
regarding:

•  The directors’ confirmation on page 28 of the Annual 

Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of 
the principal risks facing the group, including those that 
would threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity.

•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe 

those risks and explain how they are being managed 
or mitigated.

•  The directors’ explanation on page 31 of the Annual 
Report as to how they have assessed the prospects 
of the group, over what period they have done so and 
why they consider that period to be appropriate, and 
their statement as to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the group will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due 
over the period of their assessment, including any 
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing to report having performed a review 
of the directors’ statement that they have carried out a 
robust assessment of the principal risks facing the group 
and statement in relation to the longer-term viability of 
the group. Our review was substantially less in scope 
than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries 
and considering the directors’ process supporting 
their statements; checking that the statements are in 
alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the “Code”); and considering whether 
the statements are consistent with the knowledge 
and understanding of the group and company and 
their environment obtained in the course of the audit. 
(Listing Rules)

Other Code Provisions
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility 
to report when: 

•  The statement given by the directors, on page 68, that 
they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to 
be fair, balanced and understandable, and provides 
the information necessary for the members to assess 
the group’s and company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy is materially inconsistent 
with our knowledge of the group and company obtained 
in the course of performing our audit.

•  The section of the Annual Report on page 45 describing 
the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately 
address matters communicated by us to the Audit 
Committee.

•  The directors’ statement relating to the company’s 

compliance with the Code does not properly disclose 
a departure from a relevant provision of the Code 
specified, under the Listing Rules, for review by 
the auditors.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report to be audited has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006. (CA06)

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 75

Responsibilities for the financial  
statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors  
for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities set out on page 68, the directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
in accordance with the applicable framework and 
for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. 
The directors are also responsible for such internal control 
as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation 
of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as 
applicable, matters related to going concern and using 
the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to 
do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, 
and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not 
a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when 
it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared 
for and only for the company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving 
these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report 
is shown or into whose hands it may come save where 
expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and 

explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 
been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified 

by law are not made; or

•  the company financial statements and the part of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not 
in agreement with the accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this 
responsibility. 

Appointment
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, 
we were appointed by the directors on 14 November 2011 
to audit the financial statements for the year ended 30 June 
2012 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total 
uninterrupted engagement is 7 years, covering the years 
ended 30 June 2012 to 30 June 2018.

David Beer (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors  
St Albans

6 September 2018 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information76

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 30 June 2018

Continuing operations   

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Distribution costs   

Administrative costs  

Operating profit 

Finance costs 

Profit before taxation 

Taxation 

Profit for the year from continuing operations 

Discontinued operations 

2018 

2017(1)

  Adjusting 
items 
  Adjusted  (see note 11) 
£m 

£m 

Note 

  Adjusting 
items 
Adjusted  (see note 11) 
£m 

£m 

Total 
£m 

4 

689.8 

(454.2) 

235.6 

(48.9) 

— 

—  

— 

— 

689.8 

632.9 

(454.2) 

(402.6) 

235.6 

230.3 

(48.9) 

(42.7) 

(149.0) 

(5.9) 

(154.9) 

(145.6) 

8 

9 

37.7 

(4.5) 

33.2 

10 

(10.0) 

23.2 

(5.9) 

(0.8) 

(6.7) 

2.5 

(4.2) 

31.8 

(5.3) 

26.5 

(7.5) 

19.0 

42.0 

(6.9) 

35.1 

(10.8) 

24.3 

Total 
£m

632.9

(402.6)

230.3

(42.7)

(147.3)

40.3

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1.7) 

(1.7) 

(13.7) 

(20.6)

(15.4) 

19.7

0.4 

(10.4)

(15.0) 

9.3

Loss for the year from discontinued operations  

3, 18 

(1.0) 

(14.6) 

(15.6) 

(0.4) 

— 

(0.4)

Profit for the year   

22.2 

(18.8) 

3.4 

23.9 

(15.0) 

8.9

Earnings/(loss) per ordinary share from continuing 
and discontinued operations attributable to  
the owners of the parent during the year 

11 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share

From continuing operations 

From discontinued operations  

From profit for the year 

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share 

From continuing operations 

From discontinued operations  

From profit for the year 

Operating profit 

Adjusted for: 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Exceptional items   

Adjusted operating profit 

10.4p 

(8.5p) 

1.9p 

10.4p 

(8.5p) 

1.9p 

31.8 

1.4 

4.5 

37.7 

5.1p

(0.2p)

4.9p

5.1p

(0.2p)

4.9p

40.3

0.7

1.0

42.0

14 

5 

4 

(1)  2017 comparatives have been restated for discontinued operations – see note 1 for further information. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 30 June 2018

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 77

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent 

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:

  Currency translation differences on foreign subsidiaries 

  Gain/(loss) on net investment hedges 

  Gain on discontinued cash flow hedges recycled to exceptional items 

  Gain on cash flow hedges in the year 

Loss on cash flow hedges transferred to profit or loss 

Taxation relating to items above 

Purchase of non-controlling interest of Fortune Organics  

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: 

  Net actuarial gain/(loss) on post-employment benefits 

Taxation relating to item above 

Total other comprehensive income/(expense) 

Total comprehensive income  

Attributable to:

  Owners of the parent 

  Non-controlling interests   

Total comprehensive income  

Total comprehensive income attributable to equity shareholders arises from: 

Continuing operations 

Discontinued operations 

(1)  2017 comparatives have been restated for discontinued operations – see note 1 for further information. 

Note 

10 

23 

10 

2018 
£m 

3.4 

0.6 

0.1 

— 

0.1 

2017(1) 
£m

8.9

7.4

(7.8)

1.8

3.4

(0.6) 

(4.7)

0.1 

(0.5) 

(0.2) 

9.5 

(1.6) 

7.9 

7.7 

11.1 

11.7 

(0.6) 

11.1 

2.5

—

2.6

(11.0)

1.4

(9.6)

(7.0)

1.9

1.9

—

1.9

26.7 

(15.6) 

11.1 

2.3

(0.4)

1.9

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Consolidated balance sheet
at 30 June 2018

Non-current assets 

Goodwill 

Other intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Derivative financial instruments 

Deferred tax assets 

Other non-current assets 

Current assets

Inventories 

Trade and other receivables 

Current tax asset 

Derivative financial instruments 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Assets classified as held for sale 

Total assets 

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables 

Borrowings 

Derivative financial instruments 

Current tax liabilities 

Provisions 

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings 

Derivative financial instruments 

Pensions and other post-employment benefits 

Provisions 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity

Issued share capital 

Share premium account 

Other reserves 

Accumulated loss   

Equity attributable to owners of the parent 

Non-controlling interests 

Total equity  

Note 

2018 
£m 

2017  
£m

13 

14 

15 

21 

10 

16 

17 

21 

18 

19 

20 

21 

25 

20 

21 

23 

25 

10 

26 

26 

26 

26 

20.4 

9.5 

135.6 

0.1 

12.9 

0.6 

17.5

4.2

140.9

0.1

12.0

0.6

179.1 

175.3

88.9 

155.2 

0.8 

0.3 

11.7 

12.1 

78.8

137.6

—

0.9

26.0

1.3

269.0 

448.1 

244.6

419.9

202.2 

43.6 

0.3 

7.3 

3.0 

193.7

39.3

0.7

5.8

1.8

256.4 

241.3

82.4 

0.2 

30.9 

4.2 

6.4 

124.1 

380.5 

67.6 

18.3 

81.8 

61.6 

62.4

0.1

42.2

2.9

6.8

114.4

355.7

64.2

18.3

89.8

53.6

(94.1) 

(98.1)

67.6 

— 

67.6 

63.6

0.6

64.2

The financial statements on pages 76 to 119 were approved by the Board of Directors on 6 September 2018 and were 
signed on its behalf by:

Rik De Vos  
Director  

Chris Smith
Director

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated cash flow statement
for the year ended 30 June 2018

Operating activities

Profit before tax 

Net finance costs 

Exceptional items   

Share-based payments (credit)/charge   

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Operating cash flow before changes in working capital 

(Increase)/decrease in receivables 

(Increase)/decrease in inventories 

Increase/(decrease) in payables 

Operating cash flow after changes in working capital 

Additional cash funding of pension schemes 

Cash generated from operations before exceptional items 

Cash outflow in respect of exceptional items 

Cash generated from operations 

Interest paid 

Taxation paid 

Net cash generated from operating activities 

Investing activities 

Proceeds from sale of Brno 

Proceeds from sale of non-current assets 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

Purchase of intangible assets  

Purchase of non-controlling interest of Fortune Organics 

Purchase of Danlind, net of cash and borrowings acquired 

Settlement of derivatives used in net investment hedges 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities

Redemption of B Shares 

Purchase of own shares 

Net drawdown/(repayment) of bank loans and overdrafts 

Capital element of finance lease rentals  

Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities 

(Decrease)/increase in net cash and cash equivalents 

Net cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year 

Currency translation differences 

Net cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 79

Note 

9 

5 

15 

14 

14 

12 

2018 
£m 

7.8 

5.3 

21.7 

(0.4) 

19.1 

1.4 

54.9 

(7.7) 

(7.6) 

6.4 

46.0 

(3.0) 

43.0 

(4.1) 

38.9 

(3.7) 

(6.8) 

28.4 

1.0 

— 

(22.4) 

(1.2) 

(0.5) 

(35.7) 

0.2 

(58.6) 

(7.7) 

— 

23.7 

(0.1) 

15.9 

(14.3) 

26.0 

— 

11.7 

2017  
£m

19.2

20.6

1.0

2.3

19.4

0.7

63.2

4.9

0.5

(2.3)

66.3

(3.0)

63.3

(13.2)

50.1

(6.4)

(6.4)

37.3

—

0.1

(15.2)

(2.5)

—

—

8.3

(9.3)

(6.6)

(0.2)

(20.8)

(0.2)

(27.8)

0.2

24.8

1.0

26.0

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt
for the year ended 30 June 2018

(Decrease)/increase in net cash and cash equivalents  

Net (drawdown)/repayment of bank loans and overdrafts 

Capital element of finance lease rentals  

Change in net debt resulting from cash flows 

Currency translation differences 

Movement in net debt in the year 

Net debt at the beginning of the year 

Net debt at the end of the year 

Note 

2018 
£m 

(14.3) 

(23.7) 

0.1 

(37.9) 

(0.7) 

(38.6) 

2017  
£m

0.2

20.8

0.2

21.2

(6.0)

15.2

(75.7) 

(90.9)

22 

(114.3) 

(75.7)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 30 June 2018

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 81

 Other reserves 

Share 
premium 
account 
£m 

Cash flow 
hedge 
reserve 
£m 

Currency 
translation 
reserve 
£m 

Capital 

redemption  Accumulated 
losses 
£m 

reserve 
£m 

Equity  
  attributable 
to owners 
of the 
parent 
£m 

Non- 
controlling 
interests 
£m 

96.7 

(0.5) 

(3.0) 

47.9 

(90.9) 

68.5 

0.6 

Issued  
share 
capital 
£m 

18.3 

Total  
equity  
£m

69.1

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

8.9 

8.9 

— 

8.9

At 30 June 2016 

Year ended 30 June 2017

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that may be reclassified  
to profit or loss:

Currency translation differences  
on foreign subsidiaries  

Loss on net investment hedges 

Gain on discontinued cash flow hedges  
recycled to exceptional items 

Gain on cash flow hedges in the year 

Loss on cash flow hedges 
transferred to profit or loss 

Taxation relating to items above 

Items that will not be reclassified  
to profit or loss:

Net actuarial loss on  
post-employment benefits 

Taxation relating to item above 

Total other comprehensive income/(expense)  — 

Total comprehensive income/(expense) 

— 

Transactions with owners of the parent 

Issue of B Shares 

Redemption of B Shares 

Share-based payments 

Purchase of own shares 

At 30 June 2017 

Year ended 30 June 2018

Profit for the year 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1.8 

3.4 

(4.7) 

0.4 

0.9 

— 

— 

— 

0.9 

0.9 

— 

— 

— 

— 

7.4 

(7.8) 

— 

— 

— 

2.1 

1.7 

— 

— 

— 

1.7 

1.7 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

6.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(11.0) 

1.4 

(9.6) 

(9.6) 

(0.7) 

— 

(6.6) 

0.3 

(0.2) 

(98.1) 

7.4 

(7.8) 

1.8 

3.4 

(4.7) 

 2.5 

2.6 

(11.0) 

1.4 

(9.6) 

(7.0) 

1.9 

(6.9) 

— 

0.3 

(0.2) 

63.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.6 

7.4

(7.8)

1.8

3.4

(4.7)

2.5

2.6

(11.0)

1.4

(9.6)

(7.0)

1.9

(6.9)

—

0.3

(0.2)

64.2

— 

— 

— 

— 

(6.9) 

— 

— 

— 

18.3 

89.8 

0.4 

(1.3) 

54.5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3.4 

3.4 

— 

3.4

Other comprehensive (expense)/income

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:

Currency translation differences  
on foreign subsidiaries  

Gain on net investment hedges 

Gain on cash flow hedges in the year 

Loss on cash flow hedges transferred  
to profit or loss 

Taxation relating to items above 

Purchase of non-controlling interest  
of Fortune Organics 

Items that will not be reclassified  
to profit or loss:

Net actuarial gain on  
post-employment benefits 

Taxation relating to item above 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Total other comprehensive (expense)/income  — 

Total comprehensive (expense)/income 

— 

Transactions with owners of the parent

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Issue of B Shares 

Redemption of B Shares 

Share-based payments 

At 30 June 2018 

— 

— 

— 

18.3 

(8.0) 

— 

— 

81.8 

— 

— 

0.1 

(0.6) 

0.1 

— 

(0.4) 

— 

— 

— 

(0.4) 

(0.4) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.6 

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.7 

— 

— 

— 

0.7 

0.7 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

7.7 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.1 

0.1 

9.5 

(1.6) 

7.9 

8.0 

11.4 

— 

(7.7) 

0.3 

(0.6) 

62.2 

(94.1) 

0.6 

0.1 

0.1 

(0.6) 

0.1 

0.1 

0.4 

9.5 

(1.6) 

7.9 

8.3 

11.7 

(8.0) 

— 

0.3 

67.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.6) 

(0.6) 

— 

— 

— 

(0.6) 

(0.6) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.6

0.1

0.1

(0.6)

0.1

(0.5)

(0.2)

9.5

(1.6)

7.9

7.7

11.1

(8.0)

—

0.3

67.6

At 30 June 2018, the accumulated loss includes a deduction of £0.4 million (2017: £1.0m) for the cost of own shares held in 
relation to employee share schemes. Further information on own shares is presented in note 26.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2018 

Going concern
For the reasons set out on page 31, the Directors have 
adopted the going concern basis in preparing the Company 
and the Group financial statements.

Revenue
Revenue is stated after deduction of rebates and discounts 
given or expected to be given, which vary according to 
contractual arrangements with individual customers. 
Accrual is made at the time of sale for the estimated 
rebates or discounts payable, based on, amongst other 
things, expected sales to the customer during the period to 
which the rebate or discount relates, historical experience 
and market information. 

The type of rebates and discounts given by the 
Group include:

•  volume-related rebates for achieving sales targets within 

a set period; and

•  promotional, marketing and other allowances to support 
specific promotional pricing discounts, in-store displays 
and cost reimbursement.

At 30 June 2018, the carrying amount of accruals relating 
to rebates and discounts amounted to £3.4 million 
(2017: £4.4m). Rebates equate to less than 1% of revenue. 
There is an element of judgement applied to the level of 
future achieved sales within volume-related rebates.

Provisions
Provision is made for liabilities of uncertain timing or 
amount where management considers that the Group 
has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is 
probable that payment will be made to settle the liability 
and the payment can be measured reliably.

At 30 June 2018, the Group held provisions amounting to 
£7.2 million (2017: £4.7m), which principally represented 
reorganisation and restructuring costs. Adjustment to the 
amounts recognised would arise if it becomes necessary 
to revise the assumptions and estimates on which the 
provisions are based, if circumstances change such that 
contingent liabilities must be recognised or if management 
becomes aware of obligations that are currently unknown. 

Critical accounting judgements and estimates
(i) Background
In applying the Group’s accounting policies, the Directors 
are required to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of its assets, liabilities, income 
and expenses. Actual outcomes could differ from those 
estimates and affect the Group’s results in future years. 

The Directors consider the following to be the key 
accounting judgements and estimates made in preparing 
these financial statements that, if not borne out in practice, 
may affect the Group’s results during the next financial year.

1. Basis of preparation
Description of business
McBride plc (‘the Company’) is a company incorporated 
and domiciled in England and Wales. The Company’s 
ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange. 
The registered office of the Company is Middleton Way, 
Middleton, Manchester M24 4DP.

The Company and its subsidiaries (together, ‘the Group’) 
is Europe’s leading provider of Private Label, Household 
and Personal Care products. The Company develops and 
manufactures products for the majority of retailers and 
major brand owners throughout the UK, Europe and Asia.

Segmental reporting
Financial information is presented to the Board by product 
category for the purposes of allocating resources within 
the Group and assessing the performance of the Group’s 
businesses. It is considered that Household products 
have different market characteristics to Personal Care & 
Aerosols in terms of volumes, market share and production 
requirements. Accordingly, the Group’s operating segments 
are determined by product category. Following the 
acquisition of Danlind, it has been integrated into the 
Household operating segment as a separate division of 
this segment.

The Board uses adjusted operating profit to measure 
the profitability of the Group’s businesses. Adjusted 
operating profit is, therefore, the measure of segment profit 
presented in the Group’s segment disclosures. Adjusted 
operating profit represents operating profit before specific 
items that are considered to hinder comparison of the 
trading performance of the Group’s businesses either 
period-on-period or with other businesses. During the 
periods under review, the items excluded from operating 
profit in arriving at adjusted operating profit were the 
amortisation of intangible assets and exceptional items.

Following the disposal of the Group’s Czech Skincare 
business and European Personal Care Liquids assets, 
the respective results of these businesses will be disclosed 
as a discontinued operations. Where necessary, the results 
for the year ended 30 June 2017 have been restated to 
present these as discontinued operations.

Segment information is presented in note 4.

Accounting period
The Group’s annual financial statements are drawn up to 
30 June. These financial statements cover the year ended 
30 June 2018 (‘2018’) with comparative amounts for the 
year ended 30 June 2017 (‘2017’).

Basis of accounting
The consolidated financial statements on pages 76 to 
119 have been prepared on the going concern basis 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) as adopted for use in the European Union, 
IFRS Interpretations Committee and those parts of the 
Companies Act 2006 (‘the Act’) applicable to companies 
reporting under IFRS. The financial statements have been 
prepared under the historical cost convention, modified 
in respect of the revaluation to fair value of contingent 
consideration, financial assets and liabilities (derivative 
financial instruments) at fair value through profit or loss 
and assets held for sale.

The Group’s principal accounting policies are set out in 
note 2.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 83

(ii) Impairment of long-lived assets
Impairment testing requires management to estimate 
the recoverable amount of an asset or group of assets. 
Recoverable amount represents the higher of value-in-use 
and fair value less costs to sell. 

Value in use represents the net present value of the cash 
flows expected to arise from an asset or group of assets 
and its calculation requires management to estimate those 
cash flows and to apply a suitable discount rate to them. 

Cash flows are estimated by applying assumptions to 
budget sales, production costs and overheads over a 
five-year forecast period and by applying a perpetuity 
growth rate to the forecast cash flow in the fifth year. 

Cash flows are discounted using a discount rate based on 
the Group’s weighted average cost of capital adjusted for 
risks specific to the asset or group of assets. The weighted 
average cost of capital is affected by estimates of interest 
rates, equity returns and market and country-related risks. 

At 30 June 2018, the carrying amount of long-lived assets 
was £29.9 million (2017: £21.7m). If cash flow or discount 
rate assumptions were to change, further impairment 
losses may be recognised in the next financial year. 

The sensitivity of the carrying amount of goodwill in 
relation to business is presented in note 13. 

(iii) Pensions and other post-employment benefits
Under IAS 19, ‘Employee benefits’, the cost of defined 
benefit schemes is determined based on actuarial 
valuations that are carried out annually at the balance sheet 
date. Actuarial valuations are dependent on assumptions 
about the future that are made by the Directors on 
the advice of independent qualified actuaries. If actual 
experience differs from these assumptions, there could 
be a material change in the amounts recognised by the 
Group in respect of defined benefit schemes in the next 
financial year. 

At 30 June 2018, the present value of defined benefit 
obligations was £144.4 million (2017: £158.1m). It was 
calculated using a number of assumptions, including 
future CPI rate changes, increases to pension benefits and 
mortality rates. The present value of the benefit obligation 
is calculated by discounting the benefit obligation using 
market yields on high-quality corporate bonds at the 
balance sheet date.

At 30 June 2018, the fair value of the scheme assets was 
£113.5 million (2017: £115.9m). The scheme assets consist 
largely of securities and managed funds whose values 
are subject to fluctuation in response to changes in 
market conditions. Changes in the actuarial assumptions 
underlying the benefit obligation, changes in the discount 
rate applicable to the benefit obligation and effects of 
differences between the expected and actual return on 
the scheme’s assets are classified as actuarial gains and 
losses and are recognised in other comprehensive income. 
During 2018, the Group recognised a net actuarial gain of 
£9.5 million (2017: loss of £11.0m).

An analysis of the assumptions that will be used by the 
Directors to determine the cost of the defined benefit 
scheme that will be recognised in profit or loss in the next 
financial year and the sensitivity of the benefit obligation 
to key assumptions is presented in note 23.

(iv) Taxation
The Group operates in a number of tax jurisdictions. 
The Directors are required to exercise significant judgement 
in determining the Group’s provision for income taxes.

Estimation is required of taxable profit in order to 
determine the Group’s current tax liability and judgement 
is required in situations where the Group’s tax position is 
uncertain and may be subject to review and challenge by 
the tax authorities.  

Estimation is also required of temporary differences 
between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities and 
their tax base. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for 
all taxable temporary differences but, where there exist 
deductible temporary differences, judgement is required as 
to whether a deferred tax asset should be recognised based 
on the availability of future taxable profits. At 30 June 2018, 
the Group recognised deferred tax assets of £12.9 million 
(2017: £12.0m), including £0.7 million (2017: £1.9m) 
in respect of tax losses and tax credits. Deferred tax 
assets amounting to £3.4 million (2017: £4.8m) were not 
recognised in respect of tax losses and tax credits carried 
forward. It is possible that the deferred tax assets actually 
recoverable may differ from the amounts recognised if 
actual taxable profits differ from estimates.

At 30 June 2018, deferred tax liabilities were not recognised 
on retained profits of foreign subsidiaries because the 
Group is able to control the remittance of those profits to 
the UK and it is probable that they will not be remitted in 
the foreseeable future. Income tax may be payable on those 
profits if circumstances change and their remittance to the 
UK can no longer be controlled by the Group or they are 
actually remitted to the UK. 

(v) Fair values on acquisition of Danlind (see note 3)
The fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired 
on the acquisition of Danlind involved the use of valuation 
techniques and the estimation of future cash flows to be 
generated over a number of years. The estimation of the fair 
values requires the combination of assumptions including 
revenue growth, sales mix and volumes, rental values and 
increases and customer attrition rates. In addition the use 
of discount rates requires judgement.

Use of adjusted measures 
Adjusted operating profit and adjusted earnings per 
share exclude specific items that are considered to hinder 
comparison of the trading performance of the Group’s 
businesses either year-on-year or with other businesses and 
are used for internal performance analysis and in relation 
to employee incentive arrangements. The Directors present 
these measures in the financial statements in order to assist 
investors in their assessment of the trading performance of 
the Group.  

During the periods under review, the items excluded from 
operating profit in arriving at adjusted operating profit were 
the amortisation of intangible assets and exceptional items.

Exceptional items and amortisation are excluded from 
adjusted operating profit because they are not considered 
to be representative of the trading performance of the 
Group’s businesses during the period.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information84

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018 

1. Basis of preparation continued
Use of adjusted measures continued 
Adjusted earnings per share (see note 11) is based on the 
Group’s profit for the year adjusted for the items excluded 
from operating profit in arriving at adjusted operating 
profit, the unwinding of the discount on contingent 
consideration arising on business combinations, unwind of 
discount on provisions and the tax relating to those items.

‘Adjusted operating profit’ and ‘adjusted earnings per 
share’ are not defined under IFRS and, therefore, these 
measures as defined by the Group may not be comparable 
with similarly titled measures used by other companies. 
The Directors do not regard these measures as a substitute 
for, or superior to, the equivalent measures calculated and 
presented in accordance with IFRS.

2. Principal accounting policies 
Accounting standards adopted during the year 
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those 
of the annual financial statements for the year ended 
30 June 2017, except for:

•  Disclosure Initiative – Amendments to IAS 7, ‘Statement 

of cash flows’.

All of the above changes to accounting policies had no 
financial effect on the consolidated financial statements for 
the year ended 30 June 2018. 

Basis of consolidation 
The consolidated financial statements include the results, 
cash flows and assets and liabilities of the Company and 
its subsidiaries. Details of the Company’s subsidiaries at 
30 June 2018 are set out on pages 128 and 129.

A subsidiary is an entity controlled, either directly or 
indirectly, by the Company where control is the power to 
govern the financial and operating policies of the entity so 
as to obtain benefits from its activities. Control generally 
exists where the Group owns a shareholding that gives it 
more than one half of the voting rights in the entity. 

A non-controlling interest in a subsidiary represents 
the share of the net assets of the subsidiary that are 
attributable to the equity interests in the subsidiary that 
are not owned by the Group. Non-controlling interests are 
presented in the balance sheet within equity, separately 
from equity attributable to owners of the Company. 

In situations where the Group is contractually committed 
to purchase those equity shares in a subsidiary that it 
does not already own, a non-controlling interest in the 
subsidiary is recognised only to the extent that the risks 
and rewards of ownership are considered to remain with 
the minority shareholders. 

The Group’s results, cash flows and assets and liabilities 
include those of each of its subsidiaries from the date 
on which the Company obtains control until such time 
as the Company loses control. Intra-Group balances 
and transactions, and any unrealised gains and losses 
arising from intra-Group transactions, are eliminated on 
consolidation. Consistent accounting policies are adopted 
across the Group.

Business combinations 
A business combination is a transaction or other event in 
which the Group obtains control of one or more businesses. 

Business combinations are accounted for using the 
acquisition method.  

Goodwill arising in a business combination represents 
the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, 
the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquired 
business and, in a business combination achieved in 
stages, the fair value at the acquisition date of the Group’s 
previously held equity interest, over the net total of the 
identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquired business 
at the acquisition date. If the identifiable assets and 
liabilities of the acquired business exceed the aggregate 
of the consideration transferred, the amount of any 
non-controlling interest in the business and the fair value at 
the acquisition date of any previously held equity interest, 
the excess is recognised as a gain in profit or loss. The fair 
value of assets and liabilities can be revised up to 12 months 
following the date of acquisition. Consideration transferred 
in a business combination represents the sum of the fair 
values at the acquisition date of the assets given, liabilities 
incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued by the 
Group in exchange for control over the acquired business.  

Acquisition-related costs are charged to profit or loss in the 
period in which they are incurred. 

Changes in the amount of contingent consideration payable 
that result from events after the acquisition date, such as 
meeting a revenue or profit target, are not measurement 
period adjustments and are, therefore, recognised in profit 
or loss. 

Any non-controlling interest in the acquired business is 
measured either at fair value or at the non-controlling 
interest’s proportionate share of the identifiable assets and 
liabilities of the business. 

Changes in the Group’s ownership interest in a subsidiary 
that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for 
within equity.  

If the Group loses control of a subsidiary, it derecognises the 
assets and liabilities and related equity components of the 
subsidiary and measures any investment retained in the former 
subsidiary at its fair value at the date when control is lost. Any 
gain or loss on a loss of control is recognised in profit or loss. 

Foreign currency translation 
At entity level, transactions in foreign currencies are 
translated into the entity’s functional currency at the 
exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. 
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the 
balance sheet date. Currency translation differences arising 
at entity level are recognised in profit or loss. 

The Group’s presentation and functional currency 
is Sterling. 

On consolidation, the results of foreign operations are 
translated into Sterling at the average exchange rate for 
the period and their assets and liabilities are translated 
into Sterling at the exchange rate ruling at the balance 
sheet date. Currency translation differences arising on 
consolidation are recognised in other comprehensive 
income and taken to the currency translation reserve. 

In the event that a foreign operation is sold, the gain or 
loss on disposal recognised in profit or loss is determined 
after taking into account the cumulative currency 
translation differences arising on consolidation of the 
operation subsequent to the adoption of IFRS.

In the cash flow statement, the cash flows of foreign 
operations are translated into Sterling at the average 
exchange rate for the period. 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 85

Revenue 
Revenue from the sale of goods is measured at the invoiced 
amount, net of sales rebates, discounts, value added tax 
and other sales taxes. 

Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable for the sale of goods. 

Revenue is recognised on the transfer of the risks and 
rewards of ownership, which generally coincides with the 
delivery of the goods to the customer. 

Accruals for sales rebates and discounts are established at 
the time of sale based on management’s best estimate of 
the amounts payable under the contractual arrangements 
with the customer. 

Interest income is accrued using the effective 
interest method. 

Exceptional items 
Exceptional items are items that are material either 
individually or, if of a similar type, in aggregate and which, 
due to their nature or the infrequency of the events giving 
rise to them, are presented separately to assist users of the 
financial statements in assessing the trading performance 
of the Group’s businesses either year-on-year or with other 
businesses. 

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the construction 
of a manufacturing or distribution facility are capitalised 
as part of the cost of the facility if, at the outset of 
construction, the facility was expected to take a substantial 
period of time to get ready for its intended use. 

Costs attributable to the arrangement of term borrowing 
facilities are amortised over the life of those facilities. 

All other borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss in 
the period in which they are incurred.

Goodwill
Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognised as 
an intangible asset and is allocated to the cash generating 
unit (CGU) or group of CGUs that are expected to benefit 
from the synergies of the acquisition.

Goodwill is not amortised but is tested for impairment 
annually and whenever there are events or changes in 
circumstances that indicate that its carrying amount may 
not be recoverable.  

Goodwill is carried at cost less any recognised 
impairment losses. 

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and any recognised impairment loss.

(i) Assets acquired in business combinations
An intangible resource acquired in a business combination 
is recognised as an intangible asset if it is separable from 
the acquired business or arises from contractual or legal 
rights. An acquired intangible asset with a definite useful 
life is amortised on a straight-line basis so as to charge its 
fair value at the date of acquisition to profit or loss over its 
expected useful life as follows: 

Patents, brands and trademarks  — up to five years  

Customer relationships 

— up to eight years

(ii) Product development costs
All research expenditure is charged to profit or loss in 
the period in which it is incurred. 

Development expenditure is charged to profit or loss in 
the period in which it is incurred, unless it relates to the 
development of a new or significantly improved product 
or process whose technical and commercial feasibility is 
proven at the time of development.

(iii) Computer software
Computer software and software licences are recognised 
as intangible assets measured at cost and are amortised 
on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, 
which are in the range three to five years.  

Directly attributable costs that are capitalised as part 
of the computer software product include the software 
development employee costs. 

Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost 
less accumulated depreciation and any recognised 
impairment losses. 

Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and 
the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working 
condition for its intended use. 

Freehold land and assets under construction are not 
depreciated. Otherwise, property, plant and equipment is 
depreciated on a straight-line basis so as to charge its cost, 
less any residual value, to profit or loss over the expected 
useful life of the asset as follows: 

Freehold buildings  

Leasehold building  

— 50 years 

— length of the lease 

Plant and equipment  

— three to ten years 

Property, plant and equipment acquired in a business 
combination is depreciated on a straight-line basis so as 
to charge its fair value at the date of acquisition, less any 
residual value, to profit or loss over the remaining expected 
useful life of the asset. 

Leased assets
Leases that confer rights and obligations similar to those 
that attach to owned assets are classified as finance leases. 
All other leases are classified as operating leases. 

Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets 
within property, plant and equipment, initially measured 
at the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, at the 
present value of the minimum lease payments, and a 
corresponding liability is recognised. Subsequently, the 
assets are depreciated over the shorter of the expected 
useful life of the asset or term of the lease. At inception 
of the lease, the lease payments are apportioned between 
an interest element and a capital element so as to achieve 
a constant periodic rate of interest on the outstanding 
liability. Thereafter, the interest element is recognised as an 
expense in profit or loss while the capital element is applied 
to reduce the outstanding liability. 

Operating lease payments, and any incentives receivable, 
are recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over 
the term of the lease. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information86

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018 

2. Principal accounting policies continued
Impairment of non-financial assets 
Goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and 
equipment are tested for impairment whenever events or 
circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may 
not be recoverable. Additionally, goodwill is subject to 
an annual impairment test whether or not there are any 
indicators of impairment. 

An asset is impaired to the extent that its carrying amount 
exceeds its recoverable amount, which represents the 
higher of the asset’s value-in-use and its fair value less costs 
to sell. An asset’s value-in-use represents the present value 
of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the 
continued use of the asset. Fair value less costs to sell is the 
amount obtainable from the sale of the asset in an arm’s 
length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, 
less the costs of disposal. 

Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable 
amount of an individual asset, the recoverable amount is 
determined for the CGU to which the asset belongs. An 
asset’s CGU is the smallest group of assets that includes 
the asset and generates cash inflows that are largely 
independent of the cash inflows from other assets or 
groups of assets. Goodwill does not generate cash flows 
independently of other assets and is, therefore, tested for 
impairment at the level of the CGU or group of CGUs to 
which it is allocated. 

Value in use is based on estimates of pre-tax cash flows 
discounted at a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the risks 
specific to the CGU to which the asset belongs.

Where necessary, impairment of non-financial assets other 
than goodwill is recognised before goodwill is tested for 
impairment. When goodwill is tested for impairment and 
the carrying amount of the CGU or group of CGUs to 
which it is allocated exceeds its recoverable amount, the 
impairment is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount 
of the goodwill and then to the other non-financial assets 
belonging to the CGU or group of CGUs pro-rata on the 
basis of their respective carrying amounts.

Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. 
Impairment losses recognised in previous periods for assets 
other than goodwill are reversed if there has been a change 
in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable 
amount, but only to the extent that the carrying amount 
of the asset does not exceed its carrying amount had 
no impairment been recognised in previous periods. 
Impairment losses recognised in respect of goodwill 
cannot be reversed. 

Assets held for sale
Non-current assets are classified as held for sale if it is 
expected that their carrying amount will be recovered by 
sale rather than through continuing use. For this to be the 
case, the asset must be available for immediate sale in its 
current condition and the sale must be expected to be 
completed within twelve months. An extension of the period 
required to complete the sale does not preclude the asset 
from continuing to be classified as held for sale, provided 
the delay was for reasons beyond the Group’s control and 
management remains committed to its plan to sell the asset.  

An asset that is classified as held for sale is measured at the 
lower of its carrying amount when classified as held for sale 
and fair value less costs to sell. 

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value with due allowance for any excess, obsolete or slow-
moving items. Cost represents the expenditure incurred in 
bringing each product to its present location and condition. 
The cost of raw materials is measured on a first-in, first-out 
(FIFO) basis. The cost of finished goods and work in progress 
comprises the cost of raw materials, direct labour and other 
direct costs, together with related production overheads 
based on normal operating capacity. Net realisable value is 
the estimated selling price less estimated costs of completion 
and estimated selling and distribution costs. 

Financial instruments
(i) Trade receivables
Trade receivables represent the invoiced amount of 
sales of goods to customers for which payment has not 
been received (fair value), less an allowance for doubtful 
accounts that is estimated based on factors such as the 
period outstanding, the payment history of the customer, 
the current economic environment and other information. 

(ii) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, deposits 
available on demand and other short-term, highly liquid 
investments with a maturity on acquisition of three months 
or less and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are presented 
as current liabilities to the extent that there is no right of 
offset with cash balances. 

For cash flow purposes, cash and cash equivalents include 
bank overdrafts where right of set off exists.

(iii) Trade payables
Trade payables are initially recognised at fair value and 
subsequently held at amortised cost.

(iv) Bank and other loans
Bank and other loans are initially recognised at fair value, 
net of directly attributable transaction costs, if any, and 
are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest rate method. 

(v) Net debt
Net debt comprises cash and cash equivalents, overdraft, 
bank and other loans and finance lease liabilities.

(vi) Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments, principally 
forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps, to 
reduce its exposure to exchange rate and interest rate 
movements. The Group does not hold or issue derivatives 
for speculative purposes. 

Derivative financial instruments are recognised as assets and 
liabilities measured at their fair values at the balance sheet date. 
Changes in their fair values are recognised in profit or loss. 
Derivative financial instruments are, therefore, likely to cause 
volatility in profit or loss in situations where the hedged item 
is not recognised in the financial statements or is recognised 
but its carrying amount is not adjusted to reflect fair value 
changes arising from the hedged risk, or is so adjusted but 
that adjustment is not recognised in profit or loss. Provided 
the conditions specified by IAS 39, ‘Financial instruments: 
recognition and measurement’ are met, hedge accounting may 
be used to mitigate this volatility in profit or loss. 

Derivative financial instruments are classified as current 
assets or liabilities unless they are in a designated 
hedging relationship and the hedge item is classified 
as a non-current asset or liability. Derivative financial 
instruments that are not in a designated hedging 
relationship are classified as held for trading.  

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 87

(vii) Offsetting financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net 
amount reported in the balance sheet where there is a 
legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts, 
and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise 
the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 

Hedge accounting 
For a hedging relationship to qualify for hedge accounting, 
it must be documented on inception together with the 
Group’s risk management objective and strategy for 
initiating the hedge, and it must both be expected to be 
highly effective in offsetting the changes in cash flows or 
fair value attributed to the hedged risk and actually be 
highly effective in doing so. When hedge accounting is 
used, the hedging relationship is classified as a cash flow 
hedge, a net investment hedge or a fair value hedge.

(i) Cash flow hedge
Hedging relationships are classified as cash flow hedges 
where the hedging instrument hedges exposure to 
variability in cash flows that is attributable either to a 
particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability 
(such as interest payments on variable rate debt), a highly 
probable forecast transaction (such as forecast revenue) or 
a firm commitment that could affect profit or loss. 

Where a hedging relationship is classified as a cash flow 
hedge, to the extent that the hedge is effective, the change 
in the fair value of the hedging instrument is recognised in 
other comprehensive income rather than in profit or loss. 
When the hedged item affects profit or loss (for example, 
when a forecast sale that is hedged takes place), the 
cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive 
income is transferred to profit or loss. When a forecast 
transaction that has been hedged results in the recognition 
of a non-financial asset (for example, inventory), the 
cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive 
income is transferred from equity as an adjustment to the 
cost of the asset. 

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or 
when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge 
accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity 
at that time remains in equity and is recognised when 
the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the 
income statement. When a forecast transaction is no 
longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that 
was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the 
income statement. 

(ii) Net investment hedge
A net investment hedge is the hedge of the currency 
exposure on the retranslation of the Group’s net investment 
in a foreign operation. 

Net investment hedges are accounted for similarly to cash 
flow hedges. Changes in the fair value of the hedging 
instrument are, to the extent that the hedge is effective, 
recognised in other comprehensive income.

In the event that the foreign operation is disposed of, the 
cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive 
income is transferred to profit or loss and included in the 
gain or loss on disposal of the foreign operation.

(iii) Fair value hedge
Hedging relationships are classified as fair value hedges 
where the hedging instrument hedges the exposure to 
changes in fair value of a recognised asset or liability that is 
attributable to a particular risk and could affect profit or loss. 

Where the hedging relationship is classified as a fair value 
hedge, the carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability 
is adjusted by the change in its fair value attributable to 
the hedged risk and the resulting gain or loss is recognised 
in profit or loss where, to the extent that the hedge is 
effective, it offsets the change in the fair value of the 
hedging instrument. 

Pensions and other post-employment benefits 
Post-employment benefits principally comprise pension 
benefits provided to employees in the UK and Continental 
Europe. The Group operates both defined benefit and 
defined contribution pension schemes.

(i) Defined contribution schemes
Under a defined contribution pension scheme, the Group 
makes fixed contributions to a separate pension fund. 
The amount of pension that the employee will receive 
on retirement is dependent entirely on the investment 
performance of the fund and the Group has no obligation 
with regard to the future pension values received 
by employees. 

Payments to defined contribution schemes are recognised 
in profit or loss in the period in which they fall due.

(ii) Defined benefit schemes
Under a defined benefit pension scheme, the amount of 
pension that an employee will receive on retirement is 
fixed based on factors such as pensionable salary, years of 
service and age on retirement. In most cases, the schemes 
are funded by contributions from the Group and the 
participating employees. The Group is obliged to make 
additional contributions if the fund has insufficient assets 
to meet its obligation to pay accrued pension benefits.  

Actuarial valuations of the defined benefit schemes 
are carried out annually at the balance sheet date by 
independent qualified actuaries. Scheme assets are 
measured at their fair value at the balance sheet date. 
Benefit obligations are measured on an actuarial basis using 
the projected unit credit method and are discounted using 
the market yields on high-quality corporate bonds at the 
balance sheet date. The defined benefit liability or asset 
recognised in the balance sheet comprises the difference 
between the present value of the benefit obligations and 
the fair value of the scheme assets. Where a scheme is in 
surplus, the asset recognised is limited to the present value 
of any amounts that the Group expects to recover by way of 
refunds or a reduction in future contributions.  

Defined benefit schemes are recognised in profit or loss 
by way of the service cost and the net interest cost on the 
benefit obligation. The service cost represents the increase 
in the present value of the benefit obligation relating to 
additional years of service accrued during the period, less 
employee contributions. 

Gains or losses on curtailments or settlements are 
recognised in profit or loss in the period in which the 
curtailment or settlement occurs.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in other 
comprehensive income in the period in which they occur.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information88

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018 

2. Principal accounting policies continued
Share-based payments
The Group operates share schemes under which it grants 
equity-settled and cash-settled awards over ordinary shares 
in the Company to certain of its employees. The Group 
recognises a compensation expense that is based on the 
fair value of the awards measured using the Black-Scholes 
option pricing formula or the Monte Carlo valuation model. 

For equity-settled awards, the fair value reflects market 
performance conditions and all non-vesting conditions. 
Fair value is determined at the grant date and is not 
subsequently remeasured unless the relevant conditions 
are modified. Adjustments are made to the compensation 
expense to reflect actual and expected forfeitures due 
to failure to satisfy service conditions or non-market 
performance conditions. For cash-settled awards, the 
fair value reflects all the conditions on which the award 
is made and is remeasured at each reporting date and at 
the settlement date. 

Taxation
Current tax is the amount of tax payable or recoverable in 
respect of the taxable profit or loss for the period. Taxable 
profit differs from accounting profit because it excludes 
income or expenses that are recognised in the period for 
accounting purposes but are either not taxable or not 
deductible for tax purposes or are taxable or deductible 
in earlier or subsequent periods. Current tax is calculated 
using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date. 

Deferred tax is tax expected to be payable or recoverable 
on differences between the carrying amount of an asset or 
liability and its tax base used in calculating taxable profit. 
Deferred tax is accounted for using the liability method, 
whereby deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for 
all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets 
are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable 
profits will be available in the foreseeable future against 
which the deductible temporary differences may be utilised. 

Generally, the compensation expense is recognised on a 
straight-line basis over the vesting period. For equity-settled 
awards, a corresponding credit is recognised in equity while 
for cash-settled awards a corresponding liability to settle is 
recognised in the balance sheet. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the 
temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of 
goodwill or from the initial recognition of other assets and 
liabilities in a transaction other than a business combination 
that affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit.

In the event of the cancellation of an equity-settled award, 
whether by the Group or by a participating employee, the 
compensation expense that would have been recognised 
over the remainder of the vesting period is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss. 

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising 
on investments in foreign subsidiaries, except where the 
Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary 
difference and it is probable that it will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.  

Provisions
A provision is a liability of uncertain timing or amount and 
is generally recognised when the Group has a present 
obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, 
it is probable that a payment will be required to settle the 
obligation and the payment can be estimated reliably. 

Provision is made for restructuring costs when a detailed 
formal plan for the restructuring has been determined and 
the plan has been communicated to the parties that may be 
affected by it. Gains from the expected disposal of assets 
are not taken into account in measuring restructuring 
provisions and provision is not made for future operating 
losses. 

Provisions are discounted where the effect of the time value 
of money is material. 

Deferred tax is calculated using the enacted or substantively 
enacted tax rates that are expected to apply when the asset 
is recovered or the liability is settled. 

Current tax assets and liabilities are offset when there 
is a legally enforceable right to set off the amounts and 
management intends to settle on a net basis. Deferred 
tax assets and liabilities are offset where there is a legally 
enforceable right to set off current tax assets and liabilities 
and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income 
taxes levied by the same taxation authority on the same 
taxable entity.

Current tax and deferred tax is recognised in profit or loss 
unless it relates to an item that is recognised in the same 
or a different period outside profit or loss, in which case 
it too is recognised outside profit or loss, either in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity. 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 89

IFRS 15, ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ will 
be effective for the Group from the period beginning 
1 June 2018. The Group has performed an initial impact 
assessment, identifying all current sources of revenue 
and analysing accounting requirements for each under 
IFRS 15. For all instances where revenue is recorded, 
the performance condition is clearly understood, the 
transaction price is well determined and calculated 
accurately and finally revenue is only recorded once the 
performance criteria are met. The Group is currently in 
adherence to the new five-step process and, as such, no 
changes are required either from an internal reporting 
point nor external financials. The Group will apply the 
modified retrospective approach for transition set out 
in the standard.

• 

•  The impact assessment also covered areas which require 
further specific consideration, such as customer rebates 
and rights of return, and concluded that there is no 
material impact on the current accounting policies for 
revenue recognition applied by the Group, which are 
disclosed in note 1 of the financial statements.
IFRS 16, ‘Leases’ will be effective for the Group from the 
period beginning 1 July 2019. On the adoption of IFRS 16, 
lease agreements will give rise to both a right-of-use 
asset and a lease liability for future lease payables, 
which will likely result in a higher interest expense in the 
earlier years of the lease term. There will be no impact 
on cash flows although the presentation of the Cash flow 
statement will change.

The Group is currently in the process of assessing the 
impact of the new standard and deciding on which of 
the permitted transition approaches it intends to take 
and, as such, it is not possible to fully quantify the 
impact of IFRS 16 at this stage. The initial phase of work, 
which is still in progress, has involved modelling the 
impact of the new standard on the Group’s existing lease 
commitments, collecting the relevant data and assessing 
process and system changes which will be required.

Payments to shareholders 
Subject to shareholder approval at each Annual General 
Meeting (AGM), it is the Company’s intention that, for the 
foreseeable future, all payments to shareholders will be 
made by the issue of non-cumulative redeemable preference 
shares (B Shares). B Shares issued but not redeemed are 
classified as current liabilities.  

• 

Own shares
Own shares represent the Company’s ordinary shares that 
are held by the Company in treasury or by a sponsored 
ESOP trust in relation to the Group’s employee share 
schemes. When own shares are acquired, the cost of 
purchase in the market is deducted from equity. Gains or 
losses on the subsequent transfer or sale of own shares are 
also recognised in equity. 

Accounting standards issued but not yet adopted
The Group is currently assessing the impact of the following 
new standards and interpretations that are not yet effective 
and will provide a fuller assessment of the potential impact 
in future years. 

• 

IFRS 9, ‘Financial instruments’ will be effective for the 
year ending June 2019 onwards. The standard replaces 
IAS 39 ‘Recognition and Measurement’ and is applicable 
to financial assets and financial liabilities. The Group will 
apply the modified retrospective approach for transition, 
including no requirement to restate comparative 
amounts. Any differences in carrying values will be 
recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance 
sheet at 1 July 2018.

•  The Group has completed an assessment of the impact 

of IFRS 9 and it is expected that adoption will not 
have a material impact on the Consolidated income 
statement or Consolidated balance sheet. The Group 
does not expect any material changes in relation to 
accounting policies, classification and measurement of 
financial assets and liabilities, nor for hedge accounting 
as detailed in note 21 of the financial statements. 
IFRS 9 also introduces a forward-looking approach to 
impairment of financial assets which results in earlier 
recognition of credit losses. The Group has assessed 
the impact of IFRS 9 in this area, with reference to 
all financial assets, including trade receivables, and 
concluded that the impact will be immaterial.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information90

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018 

3. Acquisitions and disposals  
Acquisition of the entire share capital of Danlind a/s 
On 29 September 2017, the Group acquired the entire share capital of Danlind a/s, a company registered in Denmark, 
whose principal activity is the manufacture and sale of Auto dishwash and Laundry products. 

Danlind provides McBride with access to accelerated growth in the key strategic category of auto dishwash tablets, through 
its well invested capacity, technology platform and high-quality product range. Danlind has a significant range of retail 
and contract customers along with a well-established position in the Nordic region and in the commercial laundry and 
dishwash markets. Danlind will enable McBride to gain entry into growth segments where it is currently under represented. 
Additionally, Danlind’s strong position in environmental products can be developed further through McBride’s extensive 
European reach.

Details of the acquisition are as follows:

(i) Purchase consideration and fair value of net assets acquired

Cash consideration  

Purchase price adjustment(1)   

Total purchase consideration  

(1)  Relates to a VAT loan repayment in which the Group receives £0.2 million from Lind Holdings.

The assets and liabilities recognised at the date of acquisition are as follows:

Intangible assets 

Fixed assets 

Inventories 

Trade receivables and other receivables (1) 

Net debt 

Trade payables and other payables 

Deferred tax liability 

Net identifiable assets acquired 

Goodwill  

Consideration paid  

£m

10.4

(0.2)

10.2

Fair 
 value 
£m

5.6

13.9

13.3

11.8

(25.3)

(11.6)

(0.6)

7.1

3.1

10.2

Book  Fair value  
value  adjustment 
£m 

£m 

0.1 

23.8 

14.0 

11.8 

(25.3) 

(11.6) 

(2.0) 

10.8 

5.5 

(9.9) 

(0.7) 

— 

— 

— 

1.4 

(3.7) 

(1)  The fair value of receivables at acquisition was equal to the gross contractual amounts receivable and the best estimate of the contractual cash 

flows not expected to be collected.

The fair value adjustments relate to fixed assets and inventory, the recognition of deferred tax liabilities on the associated 
intangible assets for customer relationships and the Danlind brands, resulting in a goodwill balance of £3.1 million. 

The goodwill is attributable mainly to the well-invested capacity, technology platform and high-quality product range as 
well as the skills and tacit knowledge of Danlind’s workforce. In addition, the Group will benefit from the synergies expected 
to be achieved from integrating Danlind into the Group, allowing the Company to benefit from the Group’s extensive 
European reach. 

None of the recognised goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes.

(ii) Acquisition-related costs
Acquisition-related costs of £1.9 million, comprising £1.6 million legal and advisory and reorganisation, and £0.3 million 
refinancing of Danlind debt are included in the income statement and are treated as exceptional items.

(iii) Revenue and profit contribution
The acquired business contributed revenues of £48.4 million and operating profit before exceptionals of £1.6 million to the 
Group for the period from 29 September 2017 to 30 June 2018.

If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2017, Group total consolidated revenue and consolidated operating profit before 
exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2018 would have been £769.4 million and £36.6 million respectively.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 91

Acquisition of remaining 30% and subsequent disposal of the Skincare business based at Brno Czech Republic
On 5 October 2017, in line with the Sale and Purchase Agreement (SPA), the remaining 30% of the Czech Republic-based 
Skincare business at Brno was acquired by the Group for consideration of £nil. As a result, the contingent consideration 
reserve of £3.0 million held in relation to acquiring this remaining 30% interest has been released to exceptional items 
within the profit and loss.

Within the half-year reported results, an exceptional charge of £4.1 million was made following the impairment 
review triggered by the ongoing sale of 100% of the Czech Republic-based Skincare business which completed on 
21 February 2018 (equating to the net of the businesses book and fair values at that time). The net charge to exceptional 
items is £1.1 million.

At disposal, the net assets held of £1.3 million were equal to the consideration received, hence no gain or loss on disposal 
has been reflected within these financial statements.

The results of the Skincare business for the twelve months ended 30 June 2018 are included within discontinued operations 
in accordance with IFRS 5.

The consideration and the profit on disposal were as follows:

Consideration 

Cash received on disposal 

Cash held in escrow 

Profit or loss

Consideration 

Net assets disposed  

Net assets disposed of

Inventories 

Trade receivables and other receivables  

Trade payables and other payables 

Net debt 

Analysis of the results for this discontinued operation is as follows:

Revenue 

Expenses 

Loss before taxation from discontinued operations 

Taxation 

Loss after taxation of discontinued operations 

(1)  Includes exceptional charge of £1.1 million (see note 5).

Cash flow

Operating cash flows  

Investing cash flows  

Financing cash flows  

Total cash flows 

£m

1.0

0.3 

1.3

£m

1.3

(1.3)

—

2017 
£m

—

—

—

—

—

2017 
£m

12.5

2018 
£m 

2.7 

2.9 

(3.7) 

(0.6) 

1.3 

2018 
£m 

9.0 

(10.1)(1) 

(12.6)

(1.1) 

— 

(1.1) 

2018 
£m 

(0.4) 

— 

0.4 

— 

(0.1)

—

(0.1)

2017 
£m

0.4

(0.4)

—

—

Acquisition of remaining 45% minority shareholding of Fortune Organics (F.E.) Sdn. Bhd.
During the year, Fortune Laboratories (McBride’s Malaysian operating company) purchased the remaining 45% of the 
property company Fortune Organics (F.E.) Sdn. Bhd. for £0.5 million. The purchase of the remaining 45% of the company 
has been treated as an equity transaction with no impact to the income statement or the balance sheet. The carrying value 
of the non-controlling interest has been adjusted within equity to represent the change in ownership. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018 

4. Segment information
Background
Financial information is presented to the Board by product category for the purposes of allocating resources within the 
Group and assessing the performance of the Group’s businesses. It is considered that Household products have different 
market characteristics to Personal Care & Aerosols in terms of volumes, market share and production requirements. 
Accordingly, the Group’s operating segments are determined by product category. Following the acquisition of Danlind, 
it has been integrated into the Household operating segment as a separate division of this segment.

The Board uses adjusted operating profit to measure the profitability of the Group’s businesses. Adjusted operating profit 
is, therefore, the measure of segment profit presented in the Group’s segment disclosures. Adjusted operating profit 
represents operating profit before specific items that are considered to hinder comparison of the trading performance 
of the Group’s businesses either period-on-period or with other businesses. During the periods under review, the items 
excluded from operating profit in arriving at adjusted operating profit were the amortisation of intangible assets and 
exceptional items.

Following the disposal of the Group’s Czech Skincare business and European Personal Care Liquids assets, the respective 
results of this division will be disclosed as a discontinued operation. Where necessary, the results for the year ended 
30 June 2017 have been restated to present these as discontinued operations.

Analysis by reportable segment 

2018 

Continuing operations 

  Household 

UK 
 £m  

North(1) 
 £m  

South(2) 
 £m  

Total 
East(3)  Danlind  Household 
 £m  
 £m  
 £m  

Personal  
Care &  

Total  

Aerosols(4)  segments  Corporate(5) 
 £m  

 £m  

 £m  

Total
Group 
 £m 

Segment revenue   

163.9 

189.7 

77.2 

137.9 

48.4 

617.1 

72.7 

689.8 

— 

689.8

46.0 

(1.5) 

44.5 

(6.8) 

37.7

Adjusted operating  
profit/(loss) 

Amortisation of  
intangible assets 

Exceptional items  
(see note 5) 

Operating profit 

Net finance costs 

Profit before taxation 

Discontinued operations 

Segment revenue   

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Adjusted operating loss 

Inventories 

Capital expenditure 

Amortisation and depreciation 

(1)  France, Belgium, Holland and Scandinavia (excluding Danlind).

(2) Italy and Spain.

(3) Germany, Poland, Luxembourg and other Eastern Europe.

(4) Includes Asia.

— 

— 

65.2 

(1.5) 

65.2 

(1.5) 

73.6 

20.7 

18.6 

15.3 

1.2 

1.9 

88.9 

21.9 

20.5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(5) Corporate represents costs related to the Board, the Executive Leadership Team and key supporting functions.

(1.4)

(4.5)

31.8

(5.3)

26.5

65.2

(1.5)

88.9

21.9

20.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(0.7)

(1.0)

40.3

(20.6)

19.7

72.3

(0.5)

78.8

20.6

20.1

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 93

2017(6) 

Continuing operations 

  Household 

UK 
 £m  

North(1) 
 £m  

South(2) 
 £m  

Total 
East(3)  Danlind  Household 
 £m  
 £m  
 £m  

Personal 
Care &  

Total  

Aerosols(4)  segments  Corporate(5) 
 £m  

 £m  

 £m  

Total
Group 
 £m

Segment revenue   

155.4 

192.8 

76.4 

131.1 

— 

555.7 

77.2 

632.9 

— 

632.9

48.8 

1.3 

50.1 

(8.1) 

42.0

Adjusted operating  
profit/(loss) 

Amortisation of  
intangible assets  

Exceptional items  
(see note 5)  

Operating profit  

Net finance costs    

Profit before taxation  

Discontinued operations

Segment revenue   

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Adjusted operating loss 

Inventories  

Capital expenditure 

Amortisation and depreciation 

— 

— 

72.3 

(0.5) 

72.3 

(0.5) 

59.0 

18.9 

16.8 

19.8 

1.7 

3.3 

78.8 

20.6 

20.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(6) 2017 comparatives have been restated for discontinued operations – see note 1 for further information.

Revenue by major customer
In 2018 and 2017, no individual customer provided more than 10% of the Group’s revenue.

During 2018, the top ten customers accounted for 51% of total Group revenue (2017: 53%).

5. Exceptional items
Analysis of exceptional items

Continuing operations

Reorganisation and restructuring costs: 

Supply chain restructuring 

  Other prior year projects   

Reorganisation of PCA business 

  Danlind acquisition 

Total charged to operating profit 

Group refinancing: 

  Group refinancing 

  Danlind finance charges incurred at acquisition 

Total charged to financing costs 

Total continuing operations 

Discontinued operations

Impairment of long-lived assets, property, plant and equipment, and inventory

PCA Liquids 

Fair value impairment for assets held for sale 

Impairment of goodwill PCA 

Brno, Czech Republic 

Reorganisation of PCA business 

  Change in contingent consideration  

Total discontinued operations 

Total 

2018  
£m  

2017 
£m

— 

— 

2.9 

1.6 

4.5 

 — 

0.3 

0.3 

0.9

0.1

—

—

1.0

13.0

—

13.0

4.8 

14.0

6.2 

8.5 

0.2 

4.1 

19.0 

1.2 

(3.0) 

17.2 

22.0 

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

14.0

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018 

5. Exceptional items continued
Analysis of exceptional items continued
Total exceptional items of £22.0 million were recorded during the year (2017: £14.0m). The charge primarily comprises 
the following:

Items relating to continuing operations
•  As part of the acquisition of Danlind, exceptional costs of £1.6 million have been incurred to date relating primarily to 

legal and advisory fees and integrations cost.

•  Reorganisation costs in the period of £2.9 million relate to redundancies and associated costs following the management 

decision to close the Aerosols site in Hull.

•  Exceptional finance charges of £0.3 million incurred as part of the refinancing of the Danlind banking arrangements.

Items relating to discontinued operations
•  The business has undertaken a strategic review of the PCA business, culminating with the sale of PCA Liquids. As a 

result, £16.1 million exceptional costs have been incurred to date in relation to redundancies (£1.2 million), the impairment 
of plant and machinery (£6.2 million) and the remeasurement of assets of a disposal group to assets held for sale 
(£8.5 million); as a result the goodwill allocated to PCA (£0.2 million) has been fully impaired. 

•  A net charge of £1.1 million in relation to the Czech Republic-based Skincare business at Brno, comprising: the release 

of £3.0 million contingent consideration following the acquisition of the remaining 30% of the business for £nil 
consideration; and £4.1 million charge following the impairment review triggered by the sale of 100% of the business.

In the prior year, the following exceptional items were incurred:

•  £0.9 million of costs in relation to the reorganised Poland site, with significant investment and upgrades to focus on 

Household activities; and

•  £13.0 million incurred as part of the refinancing of the Group.

6. Employee information
The monthly average number of persons employed by the Group (including Directors) during the year, analysed by 
category, was as follows:

2018 

2017(1)

  Continuing  Discontinued 
operations 
Number 

operations 
Number  

Total 
Number  

   Continuing  Discontinued  
operations  
Number  

operations 
Number 

Manufacturing  

Sales, general and administration  

Total  

Aggregate payroll costs were as follows:

2,902 

596 

3,498 

484 

94 

578 

3,386 

2,954 

690 

425 

4,076 

3,379 

631 

115 

746 

2018 

2017(1)

Wages and salaries  

Social security costs 

Share options granted to Directors and employees 

Other pension costs 

Total  

  Continuing  Discontinued 
operations 
£m 

operations 
£m 

103.6 

21.1 

(0.4) 

2.8 

127.1 

15.1 

3.1 

— 

0.4 

18.6 

   Continuing  Discontinued  
operations  
£m 

operations 
£m 

Total 
£m 

118.7 

24.2 

(0.4) 

3.2 

95.6 

20.6 

2.3 

2.2 

16.4 

3.5 

— 

0.4 

Total 
Number

3,585

540

4,125

Total 
£m

112.0

24.1

2.3

2.6

145.7 

120.7 

20.3 

141.0

(1)  2017 comparatives have been restated for discontinued operations – see note 1 for further information.

Pension costs comprise the payments made by the Group to defined contribution schemes (see note 23).

Directors’ emoluments are included in the above and are detailed further in the Directors’ Remuneration report on pages 
50 to 63.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 95

7. Auditor’s remuneration
Fees payable by the Group to the Company’s auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), and its associates, 
were as follows:

Audit fees:

Audit of the Company’s financial statements 

Other services: 

Audit of the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries 

Total fees 

2018  
£m 

2017 
£m

0.1 

0.1

0.6 

0.7 

0.4

0.5

Fees for the audit of the Company’s financial statements represent fees payable to PwC in respect of the audit of the 
Company’s individual financial statements and the Group’s consolidated financial statements. The increase is driven by the 
acquisition of Danlind and the appointment of PwC as the Company auditors in France. Non-audit fees payable to PwC in 
relation to other advisory services amounted to £324k (2017: £277k).

8. Operating profit/(loss)
Operating profit/(loss) is stated after charging/(crediting):

2018 

2017(1)

Cost of inventories (included in cost of sales) 

Employee costs (see note 6)   

Amortisation of intangible assets (see note 14) 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment  
(see note 15) 

Impairment/(writeback):

Property, plant and equipment (see note 15) 

Inventories (see note 16)   

Trade receivables (see note 17) 

Rentals payable under operating leases  

Research and development costs not capitalised 

Net foreign exchange losses   

  Continuing  Discontinued 
operations 
£m 

operations 
£m 

   Continuing  Discontinued  
operations  
£m 

operations 
£m 

Total 
£m 

401.4 

127.1 

1.4 

37.4 

18.6 

— 

438.8 

145.7 

1.4 

360.9 

120.7 

0.7 

36.6 

20.3 

— 

Total 
£m

397.5

141.0

0.7

17.4 

1.7 

19.1 

16.9 

2.5 

19.4

— 

1.5 

(0.1) 

3.7 

6.7 

0.2 

 17.8 

0.3 

— 

0.4 

0.8 

— 

17.8 

1.8 

(0.1) 

4.1 

7.5 

0.2 

—  

0.1 

(0.2) 

4.3 

6.7 

0.4 

— 

— 

— 

0.5 

0.7 

0.1 

—

0.1

(0.2)

4.8

7.4

0.5

(1)  2017 comparatives have been restated for discontinued operations – see note 1 for further information.

9. Finance costs

Finance costs

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts 

Interest differentials on net investment hedges 

Net foreign exchange gains 

Amortisation of facility fees 

Non-utilisation fees 

Finance lease interest 

Premium on average rate currency options 

Post-employment benefits:

Net interest cost on defined benefit obligation (see note 23)  

Adjusted finance costs 

Unwind of discount on contingent consideration (see note 3) 

Unwind of discount on provisions (see note 25) 

Exceptional costs   

Total finance costs  

2018  
£m  

2017 
£m

2.3 

0.1 

— 

0.3 

0.5 

— 

0.2 

3.4 

1.1 

4.5 

— 

0.5 

0.3 

5.3 

5.4 

— 

 (0.9) 

0.3 

0.6

0.1 

0.5 

6.0 

0.9 

6.9 

0.3 

0.4 

13.0 

20.6 

Interest rate swaps are used to manage the interest rate profile of the Group’s borrowings. Accordingly, net interest payable 
or receivable on interest rate swaps is included in finance costs.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018 

10. Taxation
Income tax expense

From continuing operations 

Current tax expense:

Current year 

Adjustment for prior years 

Deferred tax expense:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences   

Adjustment for prior years 

Impact of change in tax rate   

Income tax expense 

From discontinued operations 

Current tax expense:

Current year 

Adjustment for prior years 

Deferred tax expense:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences   

Adjustment for prior years 

Impact of change in tax rate   

Income tax expense 

Total attributable to ordinary shareholders 

Current tax expense:

Current year 

Adjustment for prior years 

Deferred tax expense:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences   

Adjustment for prior years 

Impact of change in tax rate   

Income tax expense 

2018 

2017

UK  Overseas 
£m 
£m 

Total 
£m 

UK  Overseas  
£m 
£m 

Total  
£m

3.6 

(1.2) 

2.4 

(1.8) 

(0.7) 

7.5 

(0.4) 

7.1 

1.3 

0.1 

— 

(0.9) 

(2.5) 

(0.1) 

0.5 

7.6 

11.1 
(1.6) 

9.5 

(0.5) 
(0.6) 

(0.9) 
(2.0) 

7.5 

1.4 

— 

1.4 

1.0 

(0.2) 

— 

0.8 

2.2 

6.9 

0.8 

7.7 

0.4 

0.1 

— 

0.5 

8.2 

8.3

0.8

9.1

1.4

(0.1)

—

1.3

10.4

2018 

2017

UK  Overseas 
£m 
£m 

Total 
£m 

UK  Overseas  
£m 
£m 

Total  
£m

(1.8) 

(0.2) 

— 

— 

(1.8) 

(0.2) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1.8) 

(1.0) 

— 

(0.1) 

(1.1) 

(1.3) 

(2.0) 
— 
(2.0) 

(1.0) 
— 
(0.1) 
(1.1) 

(3.1) 

(0.2) 

— 

(0.2) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.2) 

0.1 

— 

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.1 

(0.1)

—

(0.1)

—

—

—

—

(0.1)

2018 

2017

UK  Overseas 
£m 
£m 

Total 
£m 

UK  Overseas  
£m 
£m 

Total  
£m

1.8 

(1.2) 

0.6 

(1.8) 

(0.7) 

— 

(2.5) 

(1.9) 

7.3 

(0.4) 

6.9 

0.3 

0.1 

(1.0) 

(0.6) 

6.3 

9.1 
(1.6) 
7.5 

(1.5) 
(0.6) 
(1.0) 
(3.1) 

4.4 

1.2 

— 

1.2 

1.0 

(0.2) 

— 

0.8 

2.0 

7.0 

0.8 

7.8 

0.4 

0.1 

— 

0.5 

8.3 

8.2

0.8

9.0

1.4

(0.1)

—

1.3

10.3

Reconciliation to UK statutory tax rate
The total tax charge on the Group’s profit before tax for the year differs from the theoretical amount that would be charged 
at the UK standard rate of corporation tax for the following reasons:

From continuing operations 

Profit before tax 

Profit before tax multiplied by the UK corporation tax rate of 19.00% (2017: 19.75%) 

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions 

Non-deductible expenses 

Tax incentives/non-taxable income 

Tax losses/(gains) for which no deferred tax recognised 

Change in tax rate   

Other differences 

Adjustment for prior years 

Total tax expense in profit or loss 

Taxation is provided at current rates on the profits earned for the year.

2018 
£m 

26.5 

5.0 
3.0 
2.4 
(0.5) 
0.2 
(0.9) 
0.5 
(2.2) 
7.5 

2017 
£m

19.7

3.9

2.2

3.7

(0.6)

0.1

—

0.4

0.7

10.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 97

From discontinued operations 

Profit before tax 

Profit before tax multiplied by the UK corporation tax rate of 19.00%  (2017: 19.75%) 

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions 

Non-deductible expenses 

Tax incentives/non-taxable income 

Tax losses/(gains) for which no deferred tax recognised 

Change in tax rate   

Other differences 

Adjustment for prior years 

Total tax expense in profit or loss 

Taxation is provided at current rates on the profits earned for the year.

Total attributable to ordinary shareholders 

Profit before tax 

Profit before tax multiplied by the UK corporation tax rate of 19.00% (2017: 19.75%) 

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions 

Non-deductible expenses 

Tax incentives/non-taxable income 

Tax losses/(gains) for which no deferred tax recognised 

Change in tax rate   

Other differences 

Adjustment for prior years 

Total tax expense in profit or loss 

2018 
£m 

(18.7) 

(3.5) 

(0.5) 

1.0 

— 

— 

(0.1) 

— 

— 

2017 
£m

(0.5)

(0.1)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(3.1) 

(0.1)

2018 
£m 

7.8 

1.5 

2.5 

3.4 

(0.5) 

0.2 

(1.0) 

0.5 

(2.2) 

4.4 

2017 
£m

19.2

3.8

2.2

3.7

(0.6)

0.1

—

0.4

0.7

10.3

Taxation is provided at current rates on the profits earned for the year.

To the extent that dividends remitted from overseas affiliates are expected to result in additional taxes, these amounts 
have been provided for. No deferred tax has been recognised in respect of timing differences associated with the 
unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries as these are considered permanently employed in the business of these 
companies. Unremitted earnings may be liable to overseas taxes and/or UK taxation (after allowing for double tax relief) 
if distributed as dividends. The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and 
associates for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised totalled approximately £1.3 million at 30 June 2018 
(2017: £1.3m).

The main rate of UK corporation tax was reduced from 20.00% to 19.00% with effect from 1 April 2017. The Group’s 
effective UK corporation tax rate for the year was, therefore, 19.00% (2017: 19.75%).

Factors affecting future tax charges
The Finance Act 2016, which was published on 15 September 2016, includes legislation reducing the main rate of UK 
corporation tax to 17% with effect from 1 April 2020.

Tax on items recognised in other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:

Loss on cash flow hedges in the year 

Items that will not be transferred to profit or loss: 

Net actuarial loss on post-employment benefits: 

  Deferred tax 

Total tax charge/(credit) in other comprehensive income 

2018 
£m 

(0.1) 

(0.1) 

2017 
£m

(2.5)

(2.5)

1.6 

1.5 

(1.4)

(3.9)

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018 

10. Taxation continued
Deferred tax
The movement in the net deferred tax balances during the year was:

  Accelerated 
tax 
 depreciation 
£m 

Intangible 

Share- 
based 
assets  payments 
£m 

£m 

At 30 June 2016 

(Charge)/credit to profit or loss 

Credit to other comprehensive income   

Effect of the change in tax rate 

Exchange movements 

At 30 June 2017 

Credit/(charge) to profit or loss 

(Charge)/credit to other  
comprehensive income 

Impact of acquisition of Danlind 

Charge to equity 

Effect of the change in tax rate 

Exchange movements 

At 30 June 2018 

(6.3) 

(0.5) 

— 

— 

(0.5) 

(7.3) 

3.3 

— 

(0.3) 

— 

1.3 

0.9 

(2.1) 

(1.8) 

(0.2) 

— 

0.1 

0.1 

(1.8) 

— 

— 

(1.1) 

— 

(0.1) 

(0.1) 

(3.1) 

— 

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

0.1 

0.1 

— 

— 

0.1 

— 

— 

0.3 

Tax 

  Retirement 
benefit  
losses  obligations 
£m 

£m 

2.1 

5.6 

(0.3) 

(0.4) 

— 

— 

0.1 

1.9 

1.4 

0.1 

— 

6.7 

(1.4) 

(0.3) 

— 

0.4 

— 

(0.2) 

— 

0.7 

(1.6) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Surplus 
ACT 
£m 

4.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4.8 

4.1 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented in the Group’s balance sheet as follows:

Deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Total 

Other 
£m 

(0.9) 

— 

2.5 

(0.2) 

0.1 

1.5 

0.4 

0.1 

0.6 

— 

— 

(0.8) 

1.8 

2018 
£m 

12.9 

(6.4) 

6.5 

Total 
£m

2.8

(1.3)

3.9

—

(0.2)

5.2

2.1

(1.5)

(0.4)

0.1

1.0

—

6.5

2017 
£m

12.0

(6.8)

5.2

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for tax losses carry-forwards to the extent that the realisation of the related tax 
benefit through future taxable profits is probable.

Unrecognised deferred tax assets
At 30 June 2018, the Group had unused tax losses of £6.3 million (2017: £11.9m) available for offset against future 
profits. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of £3.4 million (2017: £4.8m) of these losses due to the 
unpredictability of future profit streams. The majority of these tax losses arise in tax jurisdictions where they do not expire. 

No deferred tax asset has been recognised in relation to the remaining surplus ACT of £2.9 million (2017: £2.9m) due to 
uncertainty as to future ACT capacity.

11. Earnings per ordinary share
Basic earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to owners of the Company 
by the weighted average number of the Company’s ordinary shares in issue during the financial year. The weighted average 
number of the Company’s ordinary shares in issue excludes 0.2 million shares (2017: 0.7m shares), being the weighted 
average number of own shares held during the year in relation to employee share schemes.

Earnings/(loss) per share figures for the year ending 30 June 2017 have been restated to reflect the presentation of 
the results of the sold and held-for-sale businesses that have been classified as discontinued operations under IFRS 5, 
‘Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations’. 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (million) 

Effect of dilutive LTIP awards (million) 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for calculating  
diluted earnings per share (million) 

  Reference 

a 

2018 

182.6 

0.7 

2017

182.1 

0.8

b 

183.3 

182.9 

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue assuming 
the conversion of all potentially dilutive ordinary shares.

During the year, the Company had equity-settled LTIP awards with a nil exercise price that are potentially dilutive 
ordinary shares.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 99

Adjusted earnings per share measures are calculated based on profit for the year attributable to owners of the Company 
before adjusting items as follows:

From continuing operations 

Earnings for calculating basic and diluted earnings per share 

  Reference 

c 

Adjusted for:

Amortisation of intangible assets (see note 14) 

Exceptional items (see note 5) 

Unwind of discount on contingent consideration (see note 3) 

Unwind of discount on provisions (see note 25) 

Taxation relating to the above items 

Earnings for calculating adjusted earnings per share  

d 

2018 
£m 

19.0 

1.4 

4.8 

— 

0.5 

(2.5) 

23.2 

2017  
£m

9.3

0.7 

14.0

0.3 

0.4 

(0.4)

24.3

  Reference 

2018 
pence 

2017  

pence

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted basic earnings per share 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

c/a 

c/b 

d/a 

d/b 

From discontinued operations 

  Reference 

10.4 

10.4 

12.7 

12.7 

2018 
£m 

Losses for calculating basic and diluted earnings per share   

c 

(15.6) 

Adjusted for: 

Exceptional items (see note 5) 

Taxation relating to the above items 

Losses for calculating adjusted earnings per share  

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted basic earnings per share 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

Total attributable to ordinary shareholders 

Earnings for calculating basic and diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted for:

Amortisation of intangible assets (see note 14) 

Exceptional items (see note 5) 

Unwind of discount on contingent consideration (see note 3) 

Unwind of discount on provisions (see note 25) 

Taxation relating to the above items 

Earnings for calculating adjusted earnings per share  

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted basic earnings per share 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

5.1

5.1

13.3 

13.3 

2017  
£m

(0.4)

—

—

(0.4)

2017 
pence

(0.2) 

(0.2) 

(0.2) 

(0.2) 

2017  
£m

8.9

0.7 

14.0

0.3 

0.4 

(0.4)

23.9

17.2 

(2.6) 

(1.0) 

2018 
pence 

(8.5) 

(8.5) 

(0.5) 

(0.6) 

2018 
£m 

3.4 

1.4 

22.0 

— 

0.5 

(5.1) 

22.2 

d 

  Reference 

c/a 

c/b 

d/a 

d/b 

  Reference 

c 

d 

  Reference 

2018 
pence 

2017  

pence

c/a 

c/b 

d/a 

d/b 

1.9 

1.9 

12.2 

12.1 

4.9 

4.9 

13.1 

13.1 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018

12. Payments to shareholders
Payments to ordinary shareholders are made by way of the issue of B Shares in place of income distributions. Ordinary 
shareholders are able to redeem any number of the B Shares issued to them for cash. Any B Shares that they retain attract 
a dividend of 75% of LIBOR on the 0.1 pence nominal value of each share, paid on a twice-yearly basis.

Payments to ordinary shareholders made or proposed in respect of the year were as follows:

Interim 

Final 

Total for the year 

2018 

Pence 
  per share 

1.5 

2.8 

4.3 

2017

Pence 
per share 

1.4 

2.9 

4.3 

£m 

2.7 

5.2 

7.9 

£m

2.6 

5.3 

7.9 

The proposed final payment in respect of 2018 of 2.8 pence per ordinary share is subject to approval by shareholders at the 
Company’s 2018 AGM and has therefore not been recognised in these financial statements.

Movements in the number of B Shares outstanding were as follows:

Issued and fully paid

At 1 July 

Issued 

Redeemed 

At 30 June 

2018 

Number 
000 

Nominal 
value 
£m 

2017

Number 
000 

Nominal 
value 
£m

  1,205,612 

 8,022,619 

 (7,667,857) 

  1,560,374 

1.2 

8.0 

(7.7) 

1.5 

  858,528 

  6,923,954 

0.9 

6.9

  (6,576,870) 

(6.6) 

  1,205,612  

1.2

B Shares carry no rights to attend, speak or vote at Company meetings, except on a resolution relating to the winding up of 
the Company.

13. Goodwill

Carrying amount

At 1 July 

Acquisition of subsidiary 

Impairment 

At 30 June 

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (CGUs) as follows:

Household 

PCA 

At 30 June 

2018 
£m 

17.5 

3.1 

(0.2) 

20.4 

2018 
£m 

20.4 

— 

20.4 

2017 
£m

17.5 

—

— 

17.5 

2017 
£m

17.3

0.2

17.5

Impairment of PCA goodwill
Following a strategic review of the PCA business, culminating in the sale of the PC Liquids business management fully 
impaired the goodwill relating to PCA (£0.2 million). This has been recognised as an exceptional item from discontinued 
operations (see note 5).

Impairment tests carried out during the year
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually at the level of the CGU to which it is allocated. In each of the tests carried out 
during 2018, the recoverable amount of the CGUs concerned was measured on a value-in-use basis.

Value in use represents the present value of the future cash flows that are expected to be generated by the CGU to 
which the goodwill is allocated. Management based its cash flow estimates on the Group’s budget for the 2019 financial 
year. Cash flows in the following four years were forecast by applying assumptions to budget sales, production costs 
and overheads. Aggregate cash flows beyond the fifth year were estimated by applying a perpetuity growth rate to the 
forecast cash flow in the fifth year that was based on long-term growth rates for the CGU’s products in its end markets.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 101

Management estimates sales growth for each CGU based on forecasts of the future volume of the end markets for the 
CGU’s products. CGUs to which significant goodwill is allocated supply the Household powder market and the Household 
liquids market in the UK. The UK Household liquids market overall is forecast to be flat.

Management estimates the cost of material inputs and other direct and indirect costs based on current prices and market 
expectations of future price changes. Beyond the budget year, unless there are reasons to suggest otherwise, management 
assumes that future changes in material input prices are reflected in the price of the Group’s products. General cost 
inflation is based on market expectations of future inflation rates.

Discount rates applied to the cash flow projections were determined using a capital asset pricing model and reflected 
current market interest rates, relevant equity and size risk premiums and the risks specific to the CGU concerned. Pre-tax 
discount rates used in calculating the value-in-use of those CGUs to which significant amounts of goodwill are allocated 
were as follows: Household 11% (2017: 10%); PCA 11% (2017: 10%).

To forecast growth beyond the detailed cash flows into perpetuity, long-term average growth rates of 1.6% in the UK, 
2% in Europe and 6% in Asia have been used for the relevant CGUs in these territories. These rates are not greater than 
the published International Monetary Fund average growth rates in gross domestic product for the next five-year period in 
these territories, in which the CGUs operate.

Having performed the annual impairment tests, no further impairment has been recognised for the year ended 30 June 
2018 (30 June 2017: £nil). As part of forming this conclusion a sensitivity analysis has been performed which focused on 
the change required in key assumptions (long-term growth, future cash flows and discount rate), both individually and 
collectively, to give rise to an impairment, with the conclusion that no reasonable possible changes in key assumptions 
would cause the recoverable amount of the goodwill and other intangible assets to be less than the carrying value.

14. Other intangible assets

Cost

At 30 June 2016 

Additions 

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2017 

Additions 

Acquisition of subsidiary 

Disposal of subsidiary 

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2018 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment 

At 30 June 2016 

Charge for the year 

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2017 

Charge for the year 

Disposal of subsidiary 

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2018 

Net book value

At 30 June 2018 

At 30 June 2017 

Patents, 

  brands and  Computer  Customer 
software  relationships 
  trademarks 
£m 
£m 

£m 

Other 
£m 

Total 
£m

2.0 

— 

— 

2.0 

— 

1.8 

— 

— 

3.8 

(2.0) 

— 

— 

(2.0) 

(0.3) 

— 

— 

5.7 

2.5 

0.1 

8.3 

1.3 

— 

8.5 

— 

0.2 

8.7 

— 

3.7 

(0.3) 

(0.3) 

— 

9.3 

— 

12.1 

(3.3) 

(0.6) 

(0.2) 

(4.1) 

(0.8) 

0.3 

— 

(8.5) 

— 

(0.2) 

(8.7) 

(0.3) 

0.3 

(0.1) 

(8.8) 

0.7 

— 

— 

0.7 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.7 

(0.6) 

(0.1) 

— 

(0.7) 

— 

— 

— 

16.9

2.5

0.3

19.7

1.3

5.5

(0.6)

—

25.9

(14.4)

(0.7)

(0.4)

(15.5)

(1.4)

0.6

(0.1)

(0.7) 

(16.4)

(2.3) 

(4.6) 

1.5 

— 

4.7 

4.2 

3.3 

— 

— 

— 

9.5

4.2

Upon the acquisition of Danlind a/s, customer relationships with a fair value of £3.7 million were recognised, which will 
be amortised over a useful economic life of eight years. Management do not consider that any customer relationships 
are individually material. In addition, a brand name was also acquired on acquisition of Danlind a/s with a fair value 
of £1.8 million, which will be amortised over a useful economic life of five years.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018

15. Property, plant and equipment

Cost

At 30 June 2016 

Additions 

Disposal of assets   

Transfers 

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2017 

Additions 

Acquisition of Danlind (see note 3) 

Disposals of Brno  (see note 3) 

Disposal of assets   

Transfers to assets held for sale 

Transfers 

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2018 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 30 June 2016 

Charge for the year 

Disposal of assets   

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2017 

Charge for the year 

Disposals of Brno (see note 3) 

Impairment 

Transfers to assets held for sale 

Disposal of assets   

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2018 

Net book value

At 30 June 2018 

At 30 June 2017 

  Payments 
  on account 
  and assets 
in the 
Land and  Plant and 
course of 
buildings  equipment  construction 
£m 

£m 

£m 

99.8 

446.9 

0.6 

— 

0.5 

5.5 

12.4 

(3.0) 

1.8 

15.3 

106.4 

473.4 

0.9 

1.0 

(5.7) 

(0.1) 

19.2 

12.8 

(3.3) 

(8.9) 

(18.4) 

(58.8) 

— 

0.7 

0.2 

2.0 

84.8 

436.6 

(43.3) 

(369.3) 

(2.1) 

(17.3) 

— 

2.4 

(2.4) 

(11.9) 

(47.8) 

(396.1) 

(2.2) 

(16.9) 

5.7 

(9.8) 

15.7 

— 

3.3 

(8.0) 

58.1 

8.9 

(0.4) 

(1.7) 

(38.8) 

(352.4) 

2.1 

5.1 

— 

(2.3) 

0.1 

5.0 

0.5 

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

(0.2) 

— 

5.4 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Total 
£m

548.8

18.1

(3.0)

—

20.9

584.8

20.6

13.9

(9.0)

(9.0)

(77.2)

—

2.7

526.8

(412.6)

(19.4)

2.4

(14.3)

(443.9)

(19.1)

9.0

(17.8)

73.8

8.9

(2.1)

(391.2)

46.0 

58.6 

84.2 

77.3 

5.4 

5.0 

135.6

140.9

At 30 June 2018, land and buildings with a carrying amount of £nil (2017: £nil) were secured in relation to bank and 
other loans.

Net book value of assets held under finance leases amounted to £0.4 million (2017: £0.3m), and is held under plant and 
equipment.

The impairment of £17.8 million in the current financial year is in relation to:

•  UK assets impaired (£6.2 million) at the half year following further losses in the PCA sector;
•  an impairment loss (£8.5 million) recognised on the European Personal Care Liquids activities disposal group that has 

been transferred to assets held for sale; and

•  the impairment of Czech Republic-based Skincare business at Brno (£3.1 million).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 103

16. Inventories 

Raw materials, packaging and consumables 

Finished goods and goods for resale 

Total 

2018 
£m 

44.3 

44.6 

88.9 

2017 
£m

41.9

36.9

78.8

Inventories are stated net of an allowance of £4.2 million (2017: £3.9m) in respect of excess, obsolete or slow-moving items. 
Movements in the allowance were as follows:

At 1 July 

Utilisation 

Acquisition of subsidiary  

Charged to profit or loss  

Disposal of subsidiary  

Impact of assets transferred to held for sale  

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 

2018 
£m 

(3.9) 

1.5 

(0.7) 

(1.8) 

0.3 

0.4 

— 

(4.2) 

2017 
£m

(4.9)

1.3

—

(0.1)

—

—

(0.2)

(3.9)

The cost of inventories recognised in cost of sales as an expense amounted to £438.8 million (2017: £397.5m).

17. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables 

Other receivables   

Prepayments and accrued income 

Total 

2018 
£m 

144.1 

7.4 

3.7 

2017 
£m

130.6

3.3

3.7

155.2 

137.6

Trade receivables amounting to £39.2 million (2017: £33.6m) are secured under the invoice discounting facilities described 
in note 21.

Trade receivables are regularly reviewed for bad and doubtful debts. Bad debts are written off and an allowance is 
established for specific doubtful debts.

Trade receivables may be analysed as follows:

Amounts neither past due nor impaired  

Amounts past due but not impaired: 

Less than one month  

Between one and three months 

Between three and six months 

Over six months 

Amounts impaired: 

Total amounts that have been impaired   

Allowance for doubtful debts  

Total trade receivables 

2018 
£m 

2017 
£m

138.0 

126.4

5.0 

0.8 

0.3 

— 

6.1 

3.5

0.5

0.2

—

4.2

0.5 

(0.5) 

— 

0.6

(0.6)

—

144.1 

130.6

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018

17. Trade and other receivables continued
Movements in the allowance for doubtful debts were as follows:

At 1 July 

Utilisation 

Credited to profit or loss 

At 30 June 

Trade receivables are generally not interest bearing.

2018 
£m 

(0.6) 

— 

0.1 

2017 
£m

(1.4)

0.6

0.2

(0.5) 

(0.6)

18. Assets classified as held for sale
Assets held for sale at Bradford and  eper Personal Care Liquid sites
On 3 July 2018 the Group signed an agreement for the disposal of the Group’s European Personal Care Liquids activities, 
which comprises two manufacturing sites at Bradford, UK and  eper, Belgium, supplying customers with a range of 
personal hygiene, haircare and oral care products. 

This sale represents the disposal of the majority of the Group’s PCA Liquids business, therefore in accordance with IFRS 5 
the results of PCA Liquids are now included in discontinued operations as at 30 June 2018. The completion date for the 
transaction is expected by October 2018.

The proposed transaction, which is subject to customary closing conditions, will comprise the disposal of the trade and 
assets of the Group’s European Personal Care Liquids business for a cash consideration of £12.5 million (subject to any 
post-closing working capital adjustments), payable on completion.

(i) Assets of disposal group classified as held for sale

Assets of disposal group classified as held for sale

Property, plant and equipment 

Inventories 

2018 
£m 

3.4 

7.5 

10.9 

2017 
£m

—

—

—

In accordance with IFRS 5, the fixed assets held for sale were written down to their fair value less costs to sell of 
£3.4 million. This is a non-recurring fair value which has been measured using observable inputs, being the agreed sales 
price in an arm’s length transaction, and is therefore within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Analysis of the results of the discontinued operations, and the result recognised on the remeasurement of assets of the 
disposal group, is as follows:

Revenue 

Expenses 

Loss before tax of discontinued operations 

Tax  

Loss after tax of discontinued operations 

Pre-tax loss recognised on the remeasurement of assets of disposal group 

Tax  

After-tax loss recognised on the remeasurement of assets of disposal group 

Loss for the year from discontinued operations 

(1)  Including exceptional charges of £7.6 million, including £6.2 million for the impairment of assets, £0.2 million for the write off of goodwill, and 

£1.2 million for reorganisation costs.

2018 
£m 

56.2 

2017 
£m

59.8

(65.3)(1) 

(60.2)

(9.1) 

2.0 

(7.1) 

(8.5) 

1.1 

(7.4) 

(14.5) 

2018 
£m 

(2.0) 

(0.4) 

— 

(0.4)

0.1

(0.3)

—

—

—

(0.3)

2017 
£m

(3.6)

(0.6)

—

(2.4) 

(4.2)

(ii) Cash flow

Operating cash flows  

Investing cash flows  

Financing cash flows  

Total cash flows 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 105

Former manufacturing site in Italy
At 30 June 2018, assets held for sale amounting to £1.2 million (2017: £1.3m) comprised freehold land and buildings at a 
former manufacturing site in Italy.

On 25 July 2018, following the balance sheet date, the Group entered into an agreement for the sale of the Solaro site in 
Italy. A consideration of £1.6 million has been received with respect to this sale.

19. Trade and other payables

Current liabilities

Trade payables 

Taxation and social security 

Other payables 

Accrued expenses   

Deferred income 

B Shares (see note 12) 

Contingent consideration (see note 3) 

Total  

Trade payables are generally not interest bearing.

20. Borrowings
Borrowings may be analysed as follows:

Overdrafts 

Bank and other loans:

  Unsecured loans 

Secured loans   

Invoice discounting facilities (see note 21) 

Finance lease liabilities 

Total 

Bank and other loans are repayable as follows:

Within one year 

Between one and two years 

Between two and five years 

More than five years 

Total 

2018 
£m 

2017 
£m

153.6 

138.0

3.8 

26.2 

13.8 

3.3 

1.5 

— 

12.7

13.9

22.8

2.2

1.2

2.9

202.2 

193.7

2018 

2017

Current  Non-current 
liabilities  
£m 

liabilities  
£m 

Total 
liabilities 
£m 

Current  Non-current 
liabilities 
£m 

liabilities 
£m 

Total 
liabilities 
£m

4.1 

— 

4.1 

5.4 

— 

5.4

— 

0.3 

39.2 

39.5 

— 

43.6 

81.1 

1.1 

— 

82.2 

0.2 

82.4 

81.1 

1.4 

39.2 

121.7 

0.2 

126.0 

— 

0.2 

33.6 

33.8 

0.1 

39.3 

60.7 

1.5 

— 

62.2 

0.2 

62.4 

2018 
£m 

39.5 

0.2 

82.0 

— 

121.7 

60.7

1.7

33.6

96.0

0.3

101.7

2017 
£m

33.8

—

61.7

0.5

96.0

Details of the Group’s bank facilities are presented in note 21. Amounts payable under finance leases are as follows:

Present value

Within one year 

Between one and five years 

Total 

2018 
£m 

2017 
£m

— 

0.2 

0.2 

0.1

0.2

0.3

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018

21. Financial risk management
Risk management policies
The Group’s central treasury function is responsible for procuring the Group’s capital resources and maintaining an efficient 
capital structure, together with managing the Group’s liquidity, foreign exchange and interest rate exposures.

All treasury operations are conducted within strict policies and guidelines that are approved by the Board. Compliance 
with those policies and guidelines is monitored by the regular reporting of treasury activities to the Board following regular 
Treasury Committee meetings.

Financial assets and financial liabilities

Fair value through 
profit or loss

Loans and 
receivables 
£m 

amortised 

  Liabilities at  Designated 
hedging 
cost  relationships 
£m 
£m 

At 30 June 2018

Financial assets

Trade receivables 

Other receivables   

Cash and cash equivalents 

Financial assets held at fair value

Derivative financial instruments (Level 2)

Forward currency contracts 

Total financial assets 

Financial liabilities  

Trade payables 

Other payables 

Accrued expenses   

Unredeemed B Shares 

Bank overdrafts 

Bank and other loans 

Obligations under finance leases 

Financial liabilities held at fair value

Derivative financial instruments (Level 2)

Forward currency contracts 

Interest rate swaps 

Total financial liabilities 

Total 

144.1 

7.4 

11.7 

163.2 

— 

— 

163.2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

163.2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(153.6) 

(26.2) 

(13.8) 

(1.5) 

(4.1) 

(121.7) 

(0.2) 

(321.1) 

— 

— 

— 

(321.1) 

(321.1) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.4 

0.4 

0.4 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.3) 

(0.2) 

(0.5) 

(0.5) 

(0.5) 

Total 
carrying 
amount 
£m 

Other 
£m 

Fair 
value 
£m

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

144.1 

144.1

7.4 

11.7 

7.4

11.7

163.2 

163.2

0.4 

0.4 

0.4

0.4

163.6 

163.6

(153.6) 

(153.6)

(26.2) 

(26.2)

(13.8) 

(13.8)

(1.5) 

(4.1) 

(1.5)

(4.1)

(121.7) 

(121.7)

(0.2) 

(0.2)

(321.1) 

(321.1)

(0.3) 

(0.2) 

(0.5) 

(0.3)

(0.2)

(0.5)

(321.6) 

(321.6)

(158.0) 

(158.0)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 107

Fair value through 
profit or loss

Loans and 
receivables 
£m 

amortised 

  Liabilities at  Designated 
hedging 
cost  relationships 
£m 
£m 

At 30 June 2017

Financial assets

Trade receivables 

Other receivables   

Cash and cash equivalents 

Financial assets held at fair value

Derivative financial instruments (Level 2)

Forward currency contracts 

Interest rate swaps 

  Commodity swaps 

Total financial assets 

Financial liabilities  

Trade payables 

Other payables 

Accrued expenses   

Unredeemed B Shares 

Bank overdrafts 

Bank and other loans 

Obligations under finance leases 

Financial liabilities held at fair value 

Derivative financial instruments (Level 2)

Forward currency contracts 

Interest rate swaps 

Contingent consideration (Level 3) 

Total financial liabilities 

Total 

130.6 

3.3 

26.0 

159.9 

— 

— 

— 

— 

159.9 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(138.0) 

(13.9) 

(22.8) 

(1.2) 

(5.4) 

(96.0) 

(0.3) 

(277.6) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(277.6) 

159.9 

(277.6) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1.0 

— 

— 

1.0 

1.0 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.7) 

(0.1) 

(0.8) 

— 

(0.8) 

(0.8) 

0.2 

Total 
carrying 
amount 
£m 

Other 
£m 

Fair 
value 
£m

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(2.9) 

(2.9) 

(2.9) 

130.6 

130.6

3.3 

26.0 

159.9 

3.3

26.0

159.9

1.0 

— 

— 

1.0 

1.0

—

—

1.0

160.9 

160.9

(138.0) 

(138.0)

(13.9) 

(22.8) 

(1.2) 

(5.4) 

(13.9)

(22.8)

(1.2)

(5.4)

(96.0) 

(96.0)

(0.3) 

(0.3)

(277.6) 

(277.6)

(0.7) 

(0.1) 

(0.8) 

(2.9) 

(3.7) 

(0.7)

(0.1)

(0.8)

(2.9)

(3.7)

(281.3) 

(281.3)

(2.9) 

(120.4) 

(120.4)

In the above tables, the financial assets and financial liabilities held by the Group are categorised according to the basis on 
which they are measured. Financial assets and liabilities that are held at fair value are further categorised according to the 
degree to which the principal inputs used in determining their fair value represent observable market data as follows:

•  Level 1 – unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
•  Level 2 – inputs other than Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (prices) or indirectly 

(derived from prices); and

•  Level 3 – inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

Derivative financial instruments comprise the foreign currency derivatives, non-deliverable commodity derivatives and 
interest rate derivatives that are held by the Group in designated hedging relationships. Foreign currency forward contracts 
are measured by reference to prevailing forward exchange rates. Commodity forward contracts are measured by difference 
to prevailing market prices. Foreign currency options are measured using a variant of the Monte Carlo valuation model. 
Interest rate swaps and caps are measured by discounting the related cash flows using yield curves derived from prevailing 
market interest rates.

Cash and cash equivalents and bank and other loans largely attract floating interest rates. Accordingly, management 
considers that their carrying amount approximates to fair value.

Finance lease obligations attract fixed interest rates that are implicit in the lease rentals and their fair value has been 
assessed relative to prevailing market interest rates.

There were no transfers between levels during the year and no changes in valuation techniques.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018

21. Financial risk management continued
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group.

The Group’s cash balances are managed such that there is no significant concentration of credit risk in any one bank or 
other financial institution. Management monitors the credit quality of the institutions with which it holds deposits. Similar 
considerations are given to the Group’s portfolio of derivative financial instruments.

Before accepting a new customer, management assesses the customer’s credit quality and establishes a credit limit. 
Credit quality is assessed using data maintained by reputable credit rating agencies, by the checking of references included 
in credit applications and, where they are available, by reviewing the customer’s recent financial statements. Credit limits 
are subject to multiple levels of authorisation and are reviewed on a regular basis. Credit insurance is employed where it is 
considered to be cost effective. At 30 June 2018, the majority of trade receivables were due from major retailers in the UK 
and Europe.

At 30 June 2018, the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk was as follows (there was no significant concentration of 
credit risk):

Trade and other receivables:

Trade receivables 

  Other receivables 

  Derivative financial instruments 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Total 

2018 
£m 

2017 
£m

144.1 

130.6

7.4 

0.4 

151.9 

11.7 

163.6 

3.3

1.0

134.9

26.0

160.9

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its 
financial liabilities.

The Group’s borrowing facilities are monitored against forecast requirements and timely action is taken to put in place, 
renew or replace credit lines.

The Group has an unsecured €175 million revolving credit facility that is committed until June 2022. At 30 June 2018, the 
amount undrawn on the facility was €82.5 million (2017: €105m). The Group is subject to covenants, representations and 
warranties which are typical for unsecured borrowing facilities, including two financial covenants. Debt cover (the ratio of 
net debt to EBITDA) may not exceed 3:1 and interest cover (the ratio of EBITDA to net interest) may not be less than 4:1.

For the purpose of these calculations, net debt excludes amounts drawn under the invoice discounting facilities and 
net interest comprises interest payments and receipts on net debt. The Group remains comfortably within these 
covenants. Any future non-compliance with the covenants could, if not waived, constitute an event of default and may, 
in certain circumstances, lead to an acceleration of the maturity of borrowings drawn down and an inability to access 
committed facilities.

The Group has a number of facilities whereby it can borrow against certain of its trade receivables. In the UK, the Group 
has a £25 million facility that was renewed in August 2018 and is committed until November 2018. In France and Belgium, 
the Group has an aggregate €30 million facility, which has a rolling notice period of six months for the French part and 
three months for the Belgian part. Under these arrangements, the Group transfers trade receivables to the providers of the 
facilities at a discount to the face value of the underlying invoices. The Group can borrow from the provider of the relevant 
facility up to the lower of the facility limit and the discounted value of the receivables transferred. The Group does not 
derecognise the receivables transferred because it continues to be exposed to the credit risk associated with them.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 109

At 30 June 2018, the carrying amount of trade receivables eligible for transfer and the amounts borrowed under the facility 
were as follows:

Trade receivables available 

Amount borrowed   

Amount undrawn   

2018 
£m 

39.2 

2017 
£m

33.6

(39.2) 

(33.6)

— 

—

The Group also has access to uncommitted working capital facilities amounting to £64.8 million (2017: £66.3m). 
At 30 June 2018, £4.1 million (2017: £5.4m) was drawn against these facilities in the form of overdrafts and short-term 
borrowings.

In the following tables, estimated future contractual cash flows in respect of the Group’s financial liabilities are analysed 
according to the earliest date on which the Group could be required to settle the liability. Floating rate interest payments 
are estimated based on market interest rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Payments and receipts in relation to 
derivative financial instruments are shown net if they will be settled on a net basis. 
Between 
2 and 3 
years 
£m 

Between 
1 and 2 
years 
£m 

Between 
3 and 4 
years 
£m 

Between 
4 and 5 
years 
£m 

After 5 
years 
£m 

Within 
1 year 
£m 

Total 
£m

At 30 June 2018

Bank overdrafts 

Bank and other loans:

Principal 

Interest payments 

Finance lease obligations 

Other liabilities 

Cash flows on non-derivative liabilities   

Cash flows on derivative liabilities

Payments 

Cash flows on financial liabilities 

Cash flows on derivative assets

Receipts 

At 30 June 2017

Bank overdrafts 

Bank and other loans:

Principal 

Interest payments 

Finance lease obligations 

Other liabilities 

Cash flows on non-derivative liabilities   

Cash flows on derivative liabilities

Payments 

Cash flows on financial liabilities 

Cash flows on derivative assets

Receipts 

(4.1) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(39.5) 

(0.2) 

(0.4) 

(81.4) 

(0.2) 

(0.4) 

— 

— 

(0.2) 

(195.1) 

(239.1) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.4) 

(0.4) 

(81.4) 

(0.2) 

(98.6) 

(337.7) 

(1.6) 

(2.0) 

(0.2) 

(0.6) 

(0.2) 

(81.6) 

— 

(0.2) 

98.6 

1.6 

— 

— 

— 

(239.1) 

(0.4) 

(0.6) 

(81.6) 

(0.2) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(4.1)

(121.7)

(0.4)

(0.2)

(195.1)

(321.5)

(100.6)

(422.1)

100.2

(321.9)

Within 
1 year 
£m 

Between 
1 and 2 
years 
£m 

Between 
2 and 3 
years 
£m 

Between 
3 and 4 
years 
£m 

Between 
4 and 5 
years 
£m 

After 5 
years 
£m 

Total 
£m

(5.4) 

(33.8) 

(0.2) 

(0.1) 

(175.9) 

(215.4) 

— 

— 

— 

(0.2) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(5.4)

(0.3) 

(0.4) 

(61.0) 

(0.5) 

(96.0)

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.2)

(0.3)

(175.9)

(0.2) 

(0.3) 

(0.4) 

(61.0) 

(0.5) 

(277.8)

(93.4) 

(308.8) 

(3.4) 

(3.6) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(96.8)

(0.3) 

(0.4) 

(61.0) 

(0.5) 

(374.6)

93.6 

(215.2) 

3.5 

(0.1) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

97.1

(0.3) 

(0.4) 

(61.0) 

(0.5) 

(277.5)

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
110

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018 

21. Financial risk management continued
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of, or future cash flows associated with, a financial instrument will fluctuate 
because of changes in market interest rates.

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on its floating rate borrowings, which it has mitigated using interest rate 
derivatives in the form of interest rate swaps and interest rate caps with maturities up to 2022.

After taking into account the Group’s currency and interest rate hedging activities, the currency and interest rate profile 
of the Group’s interest-bearing financial assets and financial liabilities was as follows:

Euro 
£m 

Sterling 
£m 

2018 

Other 
Danish 
Krone  currencies 
£m 

£m 

Floating rate

Bank overdrafts 

(4.1) 

— 

— 

Bank and other loans 

(35.0) 

(27.6) 

(13.6) 

Cash and cash  
equivalents 

Fixed rate

6.7 

2.2 

(32.4) 

(25.4) 

2.5 

(11.1) 

Bank and other loans 

(26.6) 

(5.2) 

(13.7) 

Finance lease  
obligations 

— 

(26.6) 

(0.2) 

(5.4) 

— 

(13.7) 

— 

— 

0.3 

0.3 

— 

— 

— 

Total 
£m 

Euro 
£m 

Sterling 
£m 

(4.1) 

(0.4) 

(1.4) 

(76.2) 

(35.4) 

(16.6) 

11.7 

15.9 

5.2 

(68.6) 

(19.9) 

(12.8) 

(45.5) 

(44.0) 

— 

(0.2) 

— 

(45.7) 

(44.0) 

(0.2) 

(0.2) 

Total 

(59.0) 

(30.8) 

(24.8) 

0.3 

(114.3) 

(63.9) 

(13.0) 

2017

Other 
Danish 
Krone  currencies 
£m 

£m 

Total 
£m

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(3.6) 

(5.4)

— 

(52.0)

4.9 

1.3 

26.0

(31.4)

— 

(44.0)

(0.1) 

(0.1) 

1.2 

(0.3)

(44.3)

(75.7)

Interest payable on bank overdrafts and floating rate loans is based on base rates and short-term interbank rates 
(predominantly LIBOR, EURIBOR and CIBOR). At 30 June 2018, the weighted average interest rate payable on bank 
and other loans was 1.8% (2017: 1.5%). At 30 June 2018, the weighted average interest rate receivable on cash and cash 
equivalents was 0.1% (2017: 0.1%).

At 30 June 2018, the Group held interest rate caps, which cap the maximum rate payable but allows the rate to float below 
this maximum, and interest rate swaps. Notional principal amounts of each interest rate derivative held by the Group at 
30 June 2018 were as follows:

Maturity 

June 2019 

June 2020 

June 2021 

June 2020 

June 2019 

June 2020 

June 2021 

June 2022 

Nature of 
contract 

Cap 

Swap 

Swap 

Cap 

Currency 

Euro 

Euro 

Euro 

GBP 

Cap  Danish Krone 

Cap  Danish Krone 

Cap  Danish Krone 

Swap  Danish Krone 

Fixed or 
Notional 
principal  capped rate 
payable 
%

amount 
€m 

10.0 

10.0 

10.0 

5.2 

30.0 

15.0 

15.0 

55.0 

0.250

0.210

0.365

1.000

0.250

0.250

0.250

0.520

All interest rate derivatives held by the Group are indexed to three-month EURIBOR, LIBOR or CIBOR.

Fixed or capped interest rates shown in the above table do not include the margin over market interest rates payable on 
the Group’s borrowings.

On the assumption that a change in market interest rates would be applied to the interest rate exposures that were in 
existence at the balance sheet date and that designated cash flow hedges are 100% effective, an increase/decrease of 
100 basis points in market interest rates would have decreased/increased the Group’s profit before tax by £0.6 million 
(2017: £0.4m).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 111

Foreign currency risk
Transaction risk
Foreign currency transaction risk arises on sales and purchases denominated in currencies other than the functional 
currency of the entity that enters into the transaction. While the magnitude of these exposures is relatively low, the Group’s 
policy is to hedge committed transactions in full and to hedge a proportion of highly probable forecast transactions on a 
twelve-month rolling basis. Foreign currency transaction risk also arises on financial assets and liabilities denominated in 
foreign currencies and Group policy also allows for these exposures to be hedged using forward currency contracts.

At 30 June 2018, the notional principal amount of outstanding foreign currency contracts (net purchases) that are held 
to hedge the Group’s transaction exposures was £29.3 million (2017: £30.6m). For accounting purposes, the Group has 
designated the foreign currency contracts as cash flow hedges. At 30 June 2018, the fair value of the contracts was 
£0.1 million (2017: £0.8m). During 2018, a gain of £0.2 million (2017: gain of £1.6m) was recognised in other comprehensive 
income and a gain of £0.8 million (2017: gain of £3.0m) was transferred from the cash flow reserve to the income statement 
in respect of these contracts.

Translation risk
Foreign currency translation risk arises on consolidation in relation to the translation into Sterling of the results and net 
assets of the Group’s foreign subsidiaries. The Group’s policy is to hedge a substantial proportion of overseas net assets 
using a combination of foreign currency borrowings and foreign currency swaps. The Group hedges part of the currency 
exposure on translating the results of its foreign subsidiaries into Sterling using average rate options. This exposure 
is also mitigated by the natural hedge provided by the interest payable on the Group’s foreign currency borrowings. 
At 30 June 2018, the fair value of the average rate options was a loss of £0.1 million (2017: loss of £0.3m).

At 30 June 2018, the Group had designated as net investment hedges £44.3 million (2017: £61.6m) of its Euro-denominated 
borrowings and three-month rolling foreign currency forward contracts with a notional principal amount of £63.6 million 
(2017: £66.6m). During 2018, a gain of £0.1 million (2017: loss of £7.8m) was recognised in other comprehensive income 
in relation to the net investment hedges. At 30 June 2018, the fair value of the net investment hedges was a loss of 
£0.1 million (2017: £0.2m).

The currency profile of the Group’s net assets (excluding non-controlling interests) before and after hedging currency 
translation exposures was as follows:

2018 

2017

  Net assets 
before 
hedging 
£m 

Currency  Net assets  Net assets 
before 
hedging 
£m 

after  
hedging 
£m 

forward 
contracts 
£m 

forward 

Currency  Net assets  
after 
contracts(1)  hedging 
£m

£m 

Sterling 

Euro 

Polish Zloty 

Danish Krone 

Czech Koruna 

Malaysian Ringgit   

Other 

Total 

(11.9) 

63.5 

51.6 

(2.7) 

54.5 

51.8

40.9 

19.2 

11.4 

1.7 

3.6 

2.7 

67.6 

(36.3) 

(14.6) 

(8.3) 

(1.5) 

(2.8) 

— 

— 

4.6 

4.6 

3.1 

0.2 

0.8 

2.7 

30.0 

27.5 

— 

2.8 

3.5 

2.5 

67.6 

63.6 

(23.9) 

(25.7) 

— 

(2.2) 

(2.7) 

— 

— 

6.1

1.8

—

0.6

0.8

2.5

63.6

(1)  Based on the Group’s position before the impairment of long-lived assets and property, plant and equipment in the prior year.

The Group’s exposure to a +/- 10% change in EUR/GBP exchange rate is as follows:

Impact on equity 

2018

  EUR +10%  EUR -10%

(1.5) 

1.6

The impact on equity shown above predominantly relates to EUR/GBP contracts that qualify for net investment and cash 
flow hedge accounting.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018 

22. Capital and net debt
The Group’s capital comprises total equity and net debt.

The Directors manage the Group’s capital to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns 
for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Directors aim to maintain an efficient capital structure with a 
relatively conservative level of debt-to-equity gearing so as to ensure continued access to a broad range of financing 
sources in order to provide sufficient flexibility to pursue commercial opportunities as they arise.

The Group’s capital was as follows:

Total equity 

Net debt 

Capital 

Gearing(1) 

(1)  Gearing represents net debt/average year-end capital.

Movements in net debt were as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents  

Overdrafts 

Bank and other loans 

Finance lease liabilities 

Net debt 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Overdrafts 

Bank and other loans 

Finance lease liabilities 

Net debt 

2018 
£m 

67.6 

114.3 

181.9 

2017 
£m 

64.2 

75.7 

139.9 

2018 
% 

71 

2016 
£m

69.1

90.9

160.0

2017 
%

50

  At 30 June 
2017 
£m 

Other 

Cash 
flows  movements  differences 
£m 
£m 

Currency 
non-cash  translation  At 30 June 
2018 
£m

£m 

26.0 

(5.4) 

(14.3) 

1.3 

(96.0) 

(25.0) 

(0.3) 

0.1 

(75.7) 

(37.9) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

11.7

(4.1)

(0.7) 

(121.7)

— 

(0.2)

(0.7) 

(114.3)

  At 30 June 
2016 
£m 

Other 

Cash 
flows  movements  differences 
£m 
£m 

Currency 
non-cash  translation  At 30 June 
2017 
£m

£m 

24.8 

(8.3) 

(106.9) 

(0.5) 

(90.9) 

0.2 

3.0 

17.8 

0.2 

21.2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1.0 

(0.1) 

26.0

(5.4)

(6.9) 

(96.0)

— 

(0.3)

(6.0) 

(75.7)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 113

23. Pensions and other post-employment benefits
Overview
The Group provides a number of post-employment benefit arrangements. In the UK, the Group operates a closed defined 
benefit pension scheme and a defined contribution pension scheme. Elsewhere in Europe, the Group has a number of 
smaller unfunded post-employment benefit arrangements that are structured to accord with local conditions and practices 
in the countries concerned.

At 30 June 2018, the Group’s post-employment benefit obligations outside the UK amounted to £2.4 million (2017: £2.2m). 

Non-governmental collected post-employment benefits had the following effect on the Group’s results and 
financial position:

Profit or loss

Operating profit

Defined contribution schemes

  Contributions payable 

Defined benefit schemes

Service cost (net of employee contributions) 

Net charge to operating profit 

Finance costs

Net interest cost on defined benefit obligation 

Net charge to profit/(loss) before taxation 

Other comprehensive income 

Defined benefit schemes

Net actuarial gain/(loss) 

Balance sheet

Defined benefit obligations

  UK – funded 

  Other – unfunded 

Fair value of scheme assets 

Deficit on the schemes 

Related deferred tax asset 

2018 
£m 

2017  
£m

(2.6) 

(2.1)

(0.6) 

(3.2) 

(1.1) 

(4.3) 

(0.5)

(2.6)

(0.9)

(3.5)

9.5 

(11.0)

(142.0) 

(155.9)

(2.4) 

(2.2)

(144.4) 

(158.1)

113.5 

115.9

(30.9) 

(42.2)

4.8 

6.7

UK Defined Benefit Pension Scheme
(i) Background
In the UK, the Robert McBride Pension Fund (‘the Fund’) provides pension benefits based on the final pensionable salary 
and period of qualifying service of the participating employees. The UK Defined Benefit Fund was closed to future service 
accrual from 29 February 2016. Staff affected by this change were offered a new defined contribution scheme from 
that date. 

The Fund is administered and managed by Robert McBride Pension Fund Trustees Limited (‘the Trustee’), in accordance 
with the terms of a governing Trust Deed and relevant legislation. Regular assessments of the Fund’s benefit obligations 
are carried out by an independent actuary on behalf of the Trustee and long-term contribution rates are agreed between 
the Trustee and the Company on the basis of the actuary’s recommendations. Following the last triennial valuation 
at 31 March 2015, the Company and Trustee agreed a new deficit reduction plan based on the scheme funding deficit 
of £44.2 million. The deficit cash funding requirement of £3.0 million per annum, payable until 31 August 2026, took 
effect from 31 March 2015. This will be reviewed as part of the triennial actuarial valuation at 31 March 2018, which is 
currently underway.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
114

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018 

23. Pensions and other post-employment benefits continued
UK Defined Benefit Pension Scheme continued 
(ii) Assumptions and sensitivities
For accounting purposes, the Fund’s benefit obligation has been calculated based on data gathered for the 2018 triennial 
actuarial valuation and by applying assumptions made by the Company on the advice of an independent actuary in 
accordance with IAS 19, ‘Employee benefits’, which differ in certain respects from the assumptions made by the Trustee 
for the purpose of the actuarial valuation.

The principal assumptions used in calculating the benefit obligation at the end of the year were as follows:

Discount rate 

Inflation rate:

Retail Prices Index (RPI) 

  Consumer Prices Index (CPI) 

Revaluation of deferred pensions (in excess of GMP)

  Accrued before 6 April 2009 

  Accrued on or after 6 April 2009 

Increase in pensions in payment (in excess of GMP)

  Accrued before 1 April 2011 

  Accrued on or after 1 April 2011 

2018 

2017

2.85% 

2.65%

3.05% 

2.05% 

2.05% 

2.05% 

3.15%

2.15%

2.15%

2.15%

2.94% 

2.04% 

3.01%

2.06%

The duration of the Fund’s liabilities is estimated to be 19 years, i.e. the average time until a payment is made is 19 years. 
In practice, the Fund’s liabilities continue for upwards of 50 years.

The mortality assumptions are based on a medically underwritten mortality study which was carried out in 2017 to identify 
the current health of a sample group of Fund members. The output was interpreted by underwriters and then analysed 
alongside the results from previous postcode analysis. This was translated into mortality assumptions for use in calculating 
the IAS 19 scheme liabilities. Specifically, a rating of 107% of the standard Self-Administered Pension Scheme (SAPS) S2 
tables has been used for the IAS 19 disclosures with effect from 30 June 2017.

As at 30 June 2018, the future mortality improvement model has been updated to reflect the most recent Continuous 
Mortality Investigation (CMI) 2017 projections with an allowance for long-term rates of improvement of 1.00% p.a. for males 
and for females (previously, at 30 June 2016, this assumption had been CMI 2016 with a long-term rate of improvement 
of 0.75% p.a. for males and females). In line with the 2016 CMI model, the 2017 CMI model has a smoothing parameter for 
which we have adopted the default value of 7.5. These assumptions are equivalent to a life expectancy at 65 of 21.3 years 
(30 June 2017: 21.4 years) for males and 23.1 years (30 June 2017: 23.2 years) for females. 

Member retiring in the next year:

  Male 

Female 

Member retiring 20 years from now:

  Male 

Female 

2018 
Years 

2017 
Years

21.3 

23.1 

22.3 

24.3 

21.4

23.2

22.5

24.5

At 30 June 2018, the sensitivity of the benefit obligation to changes in the principal assumptions was as follows 
(assuming in each case that the other assumptions are unchanged):

Discount rate 

Inflation rate 

Life expectancy 

Change in assumption 

Increase in assumption 

Decrease in assumption

 +/– 0.1% 

+/– 0.1% 

+/– 1 year 

Decrease by £2.3m 

Increase by £1.8m 

Increase by £2.5m

Decrease by 1.8m 

 Increase by £5.6m 

Decrease by £5.6m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 115

(iii) Fund’s assets
The Fund’s assets are held separately from those of the Group and are managed by professional investment managers on 
behalf of the Trustee.

The Trustee and Company review the investment strategy from time to time. The last review was carried out in 2016 and 
the transition to the current strategy was completed in February 2017 and is reflected in the table below.

The Trustee maintains a significant portfolio of return-seeking assets that are expected to produce returns in excess of 
the yield on UK government bonds. The Fund’s return-seeking assets continue to be predominantly held within managed 
funds that are designed to achieve equity-like returns over the long term but with significantly less volatility than would 
be experienced if the Fund had invested directly in equities. 

The Fund holds no investment in securities issued by, nor any property used by, McBride plc or any of its subsidiaries. 
The fair value and expected return on the Fund’s assets at the end of the year was as follows:

Diversified growth   

Private markets 

Liability-driven investment(1) 

Cash 

Total 

2018 
£m 

33.0 

27.9 

52.4 

0.2 

113.5 

2017  
£m

34.6

26.0

54.4

0.9

115.9

(1)  The liability-driven investment fund provides a combination of growth and matching returns.

All of the Fund’s assets are held in pooled funds. They are classified as Level 2 instruments, as they are not quoted on any 
stock exchange, although their value is directly related to the value of the underlying holdings.

The expected return on the Fund’s assets must be set to be in line with the discount rate used to value the Fund’s liabilities. 
This equates to an expected return over the year of £3.1 million (2017: £3.4m).

The actual return on the Fund’s assets during the year was £1.3 million (2017: £6.0m).

(iv) Movements in the Fund’s assets and liabilities
Movements in the fair value of the Fund’s assets during the year were as follows:

At 1 July 

Expected return on plan assets 

Return on assets in excess of interest income on fund assets  

Employer’s contributions 

Benefits paid 

At 30 June 

Movements in the benefit obligation during the year were as follows:

At 1 July 

Service cost 

Interest cost 

Remeasurement gain/(loss) arising from changes in financial assumptions 

Remeasurement (loss)/gain arising from changes in demographic assumptions 

Experience gains on liabilities  

Benefits paid 

At 30 June 

2018 
£m 

115.9 

3.1 

(1.6) 

3.0 

(6.9) 

113.5 

2017  
£m

114.1

3.4

2.6

3.0

(7.2)

115.9

2018 
£m 

2017 
£m

(155.9) 

(145.2)

— 

(4.1) 

6.7 

(1.6) 

6.0 

6.9 

—

(4.3)

(16.7)

3.1

—

7.2

(142.0) 

(155.9)

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
116

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018 

23. Pensions and other post-employment benefits continued
UK Defined Benefit Pension Scheme continued 
(v) Experience gains and losses
Actuarial gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income represent the effect of the differences between the 
assumptions and actual outcomes. 

The history of actuarial gains and losses in relation to the Fund is as follows: 

Present value of the Fund’s benefit obligation 

Fair value of the Fund’s assets 

Deficit in the Fund  

Actuarial gains and losses:

2018 
£m 

2017 
£m 

2016 
£m 

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m

(142.0) 

(155.9) 

(145.2) 

(135.5) 

(121.0)

113.5 

115.9 

114.1 

105.7 

92.6

(28.5) 

(40.0) 

(31.1) 

(29.8) 

(28.4)

Experience adjustments on the Fund’s benefit obligations 

Experience adjustments on the Fund’s assets 

Total recognised in other comprehensive income   

11.1 

(1.6) 

9.5 

(13.6) 

(8.7) 

(10.9) 

2.6 

6.1 

(11.0) 

(2.6) 

8.8 

(2.1) 

(8.0)

2.8

(5.2)

At 30 June 2018, the cumulative net actuarial loss in relation to the Fund that has been recognised in other comprehensive 
income amounted to £34.0 million (2017: £43.3m).

24. Employee share schemes
Share awards
The Group operates a performance-based Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) for the Executive Directors and certain other 
senior executives. Awards made under the LTIP vest provided the participant remains in the Group’s employment during 
the three-year vesting period and the Group achieves relative total shareholder return (TSR) and earnings per share (EPS) 
targets. Up to 50% of each award vests dependent on the TSR of the Company’s ordinary shares compared with the TSR 
of the FTSE SmallCap Ex. Investment Companies Index (a market condition). Up to 50% of each award vests dependent 
on the growth in the Group’s EPS (a vesting condition).

Vested awards are settled either in the form of the Company’s ordinary shares (equity-settled) or by the payment of cash 
equivalent to the market value of the Company’s ordinary shares on the vesting date (cash-settled). From 2017, all amounts 
are to be make on equity-settled amounts.

Further information on the LTIP is set out in the Remuneration report.

Movements in LTIP awards outstanding were as follows:

Outstanding at 1 July 

Granted 

Vested 

Forfeited 

Lapsed 

2018 

Equity-settled 
Number 

  1,243,724 

  1,143,214 

  (336,215) 

(85,770) 

— 

Cash-settled 
Number 

  3,881,882 

— 

  (941,597) 

(724,181) 

— 

2017

Equity-settled 
Number 

  872,296 

  371,428 

— 

— 

— 

Outstanding at 30 June 

 1,964,953 

  2,216,104 

  1,243,724 

Cash-settled  

Number

  3,001,187

  1,865,395

  (251,859)

  (595,655)

(137,186)

  3,881,882

Unvested at 30 June 

 1,945,896 

 2,040,203 

  1,243,724 

  3,813,005

Awards made under the LTIP have a £nil exercise price.

During 2018, £1.2 million of cash LTIP awards vested (2017: £0.5m) and £0.4 million of equity-settled LTIP awards vested in 
2018 (2017: £nil).

At 30 June 2018, the liability recognised in relation to cash-settled awards was £0.7 million (2017: £3.1m).

At the grant date, the weighted average fair value of LTIP awards granted during the year was 149.5 pence (2017: 139.0p). 
Fair value was measured using a variant of the Monte Carlo valuation model based on the following assumptions:
  September  September  September 
2015 
issue 

February 
2015 
issue

2016  
issue 

2017  
issue 

Risk-free interest rate 

Share price on grant date 

Dividend yield on the Company’s shares  

Volatility of the Company’s shares 

Expected life of LTIP awards   

0.3% 

0.1% 

0.7% 

198.0p 

176.0p 

121.3p 

2.8% 

28.3% 

2.3% 

3.1% 

28.2% 

27.0% 

28.5%

3 years 

3 years 

3 years 

3 years

0.8%

86.8p

5.6%

Expected volatility was determined based on weekly observations of the Company’s share price and the FTSE SmallCap Ex. 
Investment Companies Index over the three-year period immediately preceding the grant date.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 117

Compensation expense recognised in profit or loss in relation to employee share schemes was as follows:

LTIP:

Equity-settled awards 

Cash-settled awards 

Total expense 

2018 
£m 

2017 
£m

0.3 

(0.7) 

(0.4) 

0.3

2.0

2.3

Deferred Annual Bonus Plan
The Group has in force a Deferred Annual Bonus Plan for the main Executive Directors. The shares awarded under the 
plan vest after three years and are normally only payable if the Director remains employed by the Group at the end of 
that period.

The total expense included in operating profit in relation to the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan was £0.1 million (2017: £0.1m).

25. Provisions

At 30 June 2016 

Charged to profit or loss 

Unwind of discount 

Utilisation  

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2017 

Charged to profit or loss 

Unwind of discount 

Utilisation  

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2018 

Analysis of provisions:

Current 

Non-current 

Total 

 Reorganisation 
and  

Leasehold  Environmental 
  restructuring  dilapidations  remediation 
£m 

£m 

£m 

3.4 

1.0 

— 

(3.8) 

0.1 

0.7 

2.9 

— 

(0.4) 

— 

3.2 

0.7 

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

0.8 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.8 

Other 
£m 

— 

0.3 

— 

— 

— 

0.3 

— 

— 

Total  
£m

6.4

1.4

0.4

(3.8)

0.3

4.7

2.9

0.5

2.3 

— 

0.4 

— 

0.2 

2.9 

— 

0.5 

(0.3) 

(0.3) 

(1.0)

0.1 

3.2 

— 

— 

0.1

7.2

2018 
£m 

3.0 

4.2 

7.2 

2017  
£m

1.8

2.9

4.7

Reorganisation costs in the period of £2.9 million relate to redundancies and associated costs following the management 
decision to close the PCA site in Hull (see note 5). 

The brought-forward reorganisation and restructuring provisions principally comprise of redundancies made in the prior 
year in relation to the Group reorganisation and UK restructuring.

Environmental remediation provision relates to historical environmental contamination at a site in Belgium.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
118

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018 

26. Share capital and reserves
Share capital

Ordinary shares of 10 pence each

At 1 July 2016, 30 June 2017, 30 June 2018 

Allotted and fully paid

Number 

£m

182,840,301 

18.3

Ordinary shares carry full voting rights and ordinary shareholders are entitled to attend Company meetings and to receive 
payments to shareholders.

Reserves
(i) Share premium account
The share premium account records the difference between the nominal amount of shares issued and the fair value of the 
consideration received. The share premium account may be used for certain purposes specified by UK law, including to 
write off expenses incurred on any issue of shares or debentures and to pay up fully paid bonus shares. The share premium 
account is not distributable but may be reduced by special resolution of the Company’s ordinary shareholders and with 
court approval.

(ii) Cash flow hedge reserve
The cash flow hedge reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of hedging instruments in designated 
cash flow hedging relationships recognised in other comprehensive income.

(iii) Currency translation reserve
The currency translation reserve comprises cumulative currency translation differences on the translation of the Group’s 
net investment in foreign operations into Sterling together with the cumulative net change in the fair value of hedging 
instruments in designated net investment hedging relationships recognised in other comprehensive income.

(iv) Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve records the cost of shares purchased by the Company for cancellation or redeemed in 
excess of the proceeds of any fresh issue of shares made specifically to fund the purchase or redemption. The capital 
redemption reserve is not distributable but may be reduced by special resolution of the Company’s ordinary shareholders 
and with court approval. 

Own shares

At cost

At 1 July 

Shares paid out to employees 

Purchase of own shares 

At 30 June 

2018 

2017

Number 

£m 

Number 

£m

  742,420 

1.0  630,992 

  (472,022) 

(0.6) 

— 

— 

— 

111,428 

  270,398 

0.4  742,420 

0.8

—

0.2

1.0

Own shares represent the Company’s ordinary shares that are acquired to meet the Group’s expected obligations under 
employee share schemes.

At 30 June 2018, 270,398 (2017: 630,992) of these ordinary shares were held in treasury.

The market value of own shares held at 30 June 2018 was £0.4 million (2017: £1.4m).

Non-controlling interests
Non-controlling interests related to Fortune Organics (F.E.) Sdn Bhd, Malaysia, which has been fully acquired during 
the year.

27. Commitments
Operating leases
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Rentals payable:

  Within one year 

In the second to fifth years inclusive  

  After more than five years  

Total 

Capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment

Contracted but not provided   

2018 
£m 

2017  
£m

3.8 

6.7 

1.1 

11.6 

2018 
£m 

7.9 

4.2

8.6

1.8

14.6

2017  
£m

7.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 119

28. Related party transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, have been eliminated on 
consolidation and, therefore, are not required to be disclosed in these financial statements. Details of transactions between 
the Group and other related parties are disclosed below.

Post-employment benefit plans
As shown in note 23, contributions amounting to £5.6 million (2017: £5.1m) were payable by the Group to pension schemes 
established for the benefit of its employees. At 30 June 2018, £nil (2017: £0.2m) in respect of contributions due was 
included in other payables.

Compensation of key management personnel
For the purposes of these disclosures, the Group regards its key management personnel as the Directors and certain 
members of the senior executive team.

Compensation payable to key management personnel in respect of their services to the Group was as follows:

Short-term employee benefit  

Compensation for loss of office 

Post-employment benefits 

Share-based payments 

Total 

2018 
£m 

1.7 

0.1 

0.2 

0.3 

2.3 

2017  
£m

2.3

0.2

0.2

0.3

3.0

29. Contingent liabilities
There are a number of contingent liabilities that arise in the normal course of business which, if realised, are not expected 
to result in a material liability to the Group. The Group recognises provisions for liabilities when it is more likely than not 
that a settlement will be required and the value of such a payment can be reliably estimated.

30. Exchange rates
The principal exchange rates used to translate the results, assets and liabilities and cash flows of the Group’s foreign 
operations into Sterling were as follows:

Euro 

US Dollar 

Danish Krone 

Polish Zloty 

Czech Koruna 

Hungarian Forint 

Malaysian Ringgit   

Australian Dollar 

Average rate 

Closing rate

2018 
£m 

1.13 

1.35 

8.44 

4.78 

2017  
£m 

1.16 

1.27 

8.47 

5.02 

28.99 

31.30 

2018 
£m 

1.13 

1.32 

8.41 

4.94 

29.37 

2017  
£m

1.14

1.30

8.48

4.81

29.79

351.61 

360.45 

372.18 

351.37

5.49 

1.74 

5.43 

1.68 

5.31 

1.78 

5.57

1.69

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
120

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Company balance sheet
at 30 June 2018

Fixed assets

Investments 

Receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Net current assets   

Total assets less current liabilities 

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year 

Provisions for liabilities  

Net assets 

Capital and reserves

Called-up share capital 

Share premium account 

Capital redemption reserve 

Cash flow hedge reserve 

Retained earnings brought forward 

Profit for the year   

Other movement 

Total shareholders’ funds 

Note 

2018 
£m 

2017 
£m

5 

6 

158.2 

255.1 

0.1 

158.2

211.3

4.2

7 

(139.7) 

(135.6)

8 

11 

12 

115.5 

273.7 

79.9

238.1

(70.9) 

(60.7)

— 

202.8 

(0.3)

177.1

18.3 

81.8 

62.2 

(0.1) 

14.6 

33.4 

(7.4) 

202.8 

18.3

89.8

54.5

(0.1)

12.6

3.8

(1.8)

177.1

The financial statements on pages 120 to 126 were approved by the Board of Directors on 6 September 2018 and were 
signed on its behalf by:

Rik De Vos  
Director  

Chris Smith
Director

McBride plc  
Company number: 02798634 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 30 June 2018 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 121

Issued 
share 
capital 
£m 

Share 

premium  redemption 
reserve 
account 
£m 
£m 

Capital  Cash flow 
hedge 
reserve 
£m 

Profit 

Total  
and loss shareholders’ 
funds  
account 
£m
£m 

At 30 June 2016 

Year ended 30 June 2017

Profit for the year   

18.3 

96.7 

47.9 

(0.3) 

12.6 

175.2

— 

— 

— 

— 

3.8 

3.8

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:

Net changes in fair value 

Loss on cash flow hedges transferred to the profit and loss 

Gain on discontinued cash flow hedges to exceptional items  

Total other comprehensive income/(expense) 

Total comprehensive income  

Transactions with owners of the parent

Issue of B Shares 

Redemption of B Shares 

Share-based payments 

Purchase of own shares 

At 30 June 2017 

Year ended 30 June 2018

Profit for the year   

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:

Net changes in fair value 

Profit/(loss) on cash flow hedges transferred to profit and loss 

Total other comprehensive income/(expense) 

Total comprehensive income  

Transactions with owners of the parent

Issue of B Shares 

Redemption of B Shares 

Share-based payments 

At 30 June 2018 

—  

—  

— 

— 

— 

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

— 

— 

— 

(6.9) 

—  

—  

—  

— 

—  

— 

— 

— 

—  

6.6 

—  

—  

2.6 

(3.1) 

0.7 

0.2 

0.2 

—  

—  

—  

—  

18.3 

89.8 

54.5 

(0.1) 

2.3  

3.1 

(0.7) 

4.7 

8.5 

4.9

—

—

4.9

8.7

— 

(6.9)

(6.6) 

0.3 

(0.2) 

14.6 

—

0.3

(0.2)

177.1

— 

— 

— 

— 

33.4 

33.4

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(8.0) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

7.7 

— 

(0.1) 

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.1 

(0.1) 

— 

—

—

—

33.4 

33.4

— 

(7.7) 

0.3 

(8.0)

—

0.3

18.3 

81.8 

62.2 

(0.1) 

40.6 

202.8

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
122

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the Company financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2018

1. Principal accounting policies
Description of business
McBride plc (‘the Company’) is the ultimate parent 
Company of a group of companies that together is 
Europe’s leading provider of Private Label Household 
and Personal Care products. The Company develops and 
manufactures products for the majority of retailers and 
major brand owners throughout the UK, Europe and Asia.

The Company is a PLC, with shares traded on the 
AIM market, incorporated and domiciled in the UK 
and registered in England and Wales. The address of 
its registered office is McBride plc, Middleton Way, 
Middleton, Manchester M24 4DP.

Basis of preparation
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared on 
a going concern basis in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006 (‘the Act’) as applicable to companies using 
FRS 101. FRS 101 sets out a reduced disclosure framework 
for a ‘qualifying entity’ as defined in the standard which 
addresses the financial reporting requirements and 
disclosure exemptions in the individual financial statements 
of qualifying entities that otherwise apply the recognition, 
measurement and disclosure requirements of EU-
adopted IFRS.

These financial statements of the Company are prepared 
in accordance with FRS 101.

FRS 101 sets out amendments to EU-adopted IFRS that 
are necessary to achieve compliance with the Act and 
related Regulations.

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken 
advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under 
that standard in relation to business combinations, 
financial instruments, capital management, presentation 
of comparative information in respect of certain assets, 
presentation of a cash flow statement, standards not 
yet effective, impairment of assets and related party 
transactions. Where required, equivalent disclosures 
are given in the consolidated financial statements of 
McBride plc.

The Directors have taken advantage of the exemption 
available under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 
and not presented an income statement or a statement of 
comprehensive income for the Company alone. A summary 
of the Company’s significant accounting policies is set 
out below.

Investments in subsidiary undertakings
A subsidiary is an entity controlled, either directly or 
indirectly, by the Company, where control is the power to 
govern the financial and operating policies of the entity 
so as to obtain benefit from its activities. Investments in 
subsidiaries represent interests in subsidiaries that are 
directly owned by the Company and are stated at cost 
less any provision for permanent diminution in value.

Financial instruments
(i) Bank and other loans
Bank and other loans are initially measured at fair value, 
net of any directly attributable transaction costs, and 
are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method.

(ii) Derivative financial instruments
The Company uses derivative financial instruments to 
hedge its exposure to foreign exchange and interest 
rate risks arising from operating, financing and investing 
activities. The Company does not hold or issue derivative 
financial instruments for trading purpose; however, 
if derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting they 
are accounted for as such. 

Derivative financial instruments are recognised and stated 
at fair value. Where derivatives do not qualify for hedge 
accounting, any gains or losses on remeasurement are 
immediately recognised in the Company income statement. 
Where derivatives qualify for hedge accounting, recognition 
of any resultant gain or loss depends on the nature of the 
hedge relationship and the items being hedged. In order 
to qualify for hedge accounting, the Company is required 
to document, from inception, the relationship between the 
item being hedged and the hedging instrument. 

The Company is also required to document and 
demonstrate an assessment of the relationship between the 
hedged item and the hedging instrument, which shows that 
the hedge will be highly effective on an ongoing basis. This 
effectiveness testing is performed at each reporting date to 
ensure that the hedge remains highly effective.

Derivative financial instruments with maturity dates of more 
than one year from the balance sheet date are disclosed as 
non-current. 

The Company has entered into a number of financial 
derivative contracts and each is discussed in turn.

The Company enters into forward foreign exchange 
contracts to mitigate the exchange risk for certain foreign 
currency receivables. At 30 June 2018, the outstanding 
contracts all mature within twelve months (2017: twelve 
months) of the year end. The Company is committed to sell 
CZK, PLN, EUR, DKK and receive a fixed Sterling amount.  

The Company also enters into foreign exchange options 
contracts to mitigate the GBP:EUR exchange risk for 
currency sales. At 30 June 2018, the outstanding contracts 
all mature within twelve months (2017: twelve months) of 
the year end. These contracts are measured at fair value 
with movements reflected in the income statement. 

The Company also enters into interest rate swap contracts 
to mitigate against the floating interest rates on revolving 
credit facility debt. At 30 June 2018, there are eight 
outstanding contracts; two mature within twelve months 
of the year end with the remaining six maturing more than 
twelve months after the year end. 

The contracts are all measured at fair value, which 
is determined using valuation techniques that utilise 
observable inputs. The key assumptions used in valuing 
derivatives are the exchange rates for GBP:EUR, GBP:CZK, 
GBP:PLN, and GBP:DKK as well as EUR and DKK 
interest rates. 

Foreign currency translation 
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated into Sterling at the exchange rate ruling on 
the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at 
the exchange rate ruling on the balance sheet date. 
Currency translation differences are recognised in the 
income statement.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 123

Leases 
Leases that confer rights and obligations similar to those 
that attach to owned assets are classified as finance leases. 
All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Operating lease payments are charged to the profit and loss 
account on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease 
incentives are credited to the profit and loss account on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term or, if the initial rent 
is above the prevailing market rent, over the shorter of the 
lease term and the period to the first rent review from which 
it is expected that the prevailing market rent will be payable.

Share-based payments 
The Company operates incentive share schemes under 
which it grants equity-settled and cash-settled awards 
over its own ordinary shares to certain employees of its 
subsidiaries. The Company recognises a capital contribution 
to the subsidiaries concerned that is based on the fair value 
of the awards measured using the Black-Scholes option 
pricing formula or the Monte Carlo valuation model.  

For equity-settled awards, the fair value reflects market 
performance conditions and all non-vesting conditions. 
Fair value is determined at the grant date and is not 
subsequently remeasured unless the relevant conditions 
are modified. Adjustments are made to the compensation 
expense to reflect actual and expected forfeitures due 
to failure to satisfy service conditions or non-market 
performance conditions. For cash-settled awards, the 
fair value reflects all the conditions on which the award 
is made and is remeasured at each reporting date and at 
the settlement date.  

Provision is made for restructuring costs when a detailed 
formal plan for the restructuring has been determined 
and that plan has started to be implemented or has 
been announced to the parties that may be affected by 
it. Provisions are discounted where the effect of the time 
value of money is material. 

Guarantees
From time to time, the Company provides guarantees 
to third parties in respect of the indebtedness of its 
subsidiaries. The Directors consider these guarantees to 
be insurance arrangements and, therefore, the Company 
recognises a liability in respect of such guarantees only in 
the event that it becomes probable that the guarantee will 
be called upon and the Company will be required to make a 
payment to the third party.

Payments to shareholders 
Subject to shareholder approval at each AGM, it is the 
Company’s intention that, for the foreseeable future, all 
payments to shareholders will be made by the issue of 
non-cumulative redeemable preference shares (‘B Shares’). 
B Shares issued but not redeemed are classified as 
current liabilities.

Own shares 
Own shares represent the Company’s ordinary shares that 
are held by the Company in treasury or by a sponsored 
ESOP trust to employee share schemes. When own 
shares are acquired, the cost of purchase in the market is 
deducted from the profit and loss account reserve. Gains 
and losses on the subsequent transfer or sale of own shares 
are recognised directly in the profit and loss account.

Generally, the capital contribution is recognised on a 
straight-line basis over the vesting period. For equity-settled 
awards a corresponding credit is recognised directly in 
reserves while for cash-settled awards a corresponding 
liability to settle is recognised in the balance sheet.  

Cash flow statement
A cash flow statement is not presented in these financial 
statements on the grounds that the Company’s cash flows 
are included in the consolidated financial statements of the 
Company and its subsidiaries. 

Taxation 
Current tax is the amount of tax payable in respect of the 
taxable profit or loss for the period. Taxable profit differs 
from accounting profit because it excludes income or 
expenses that are recognised in the period for accounting 
purposes but are either not taxable or not deductible for 
tax purposes or are taxable or not deductible in earlier or 
subsequent periods.

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences 
between the recognition of items of income or expenses for 
accounting purposes and their recognition for tax purposes. 
A deferred tax asset in respect of a deductible temporary 
difference or a carried forward tax loss is recognised 
only to the extent that it is considered more likely than 
not that sufficient taxable profits will be available against 
which the reversing temporary difference or the tax loss 
can be deducted. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
not discounted.

Current and deferred tax is measured using tax rates that 
have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance 
sheet date.

Provisions 
A provision is a liability of uncertain timing or amount and 
is recognised when the Company has a present obligation 
as a result of a past event, it is probable that payment will 
be made to settle the obligation and the payment can be 
estimated reliably.

2. Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
The principal judgements made by the directors, in 
the application of these accounting policies that have 
significant effect on the financial statements and estimates 
with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next 
year are discussed below:

• 

IAS 36 ‘Impairment of assets’. In testing for impairment 
of investments and other assets, and assets owed  
to/from subsidiaries, the directors have made certain 
assumptions concerning the future development of 
its subsidiary businesses that are consistent with their 
annual budgets and forecasts into perpetuity. Should 
these assumptions regarding the discount rate or growth 
in the profitability be unfounded then it is possible that 
investments included in the balance sheet could be 
impaired; and 

•  the Company has a number of forward exchange 
contracts, interest rate swaps, interest rate caps 
and collars. These are recognised at fair value in the 
financial statements. When assessing the fair value 
of each financial instrument, management take into 
consideration interest rates and exchange rates. These 
factors are used to determine the extent to which the 
hedge is effective.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information124

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018

3. Profit for the financial year 
As permitted by section 408(3) of the Act, the Company’s income statement or a statement of comprehensive income are 
not presented in these financial statements. 

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, in respect of the audit of the Company’s financial 
statements were £0.1 million (2017: £0.1m). 

The Company’s profit for the financial year was £33.4 million (2017: £3.8m). 

4. Employee information 
The monthly average number of persons employed by the Company during the year was as follows:

Directors 

Non-Executive Directors 

Finance 

Total 

Aggregate payroll costs were as follows:

Wages and salaries  

Social security costs 

Other pension costs 

Total 

2018 
Number 

2017 
Number

2 

4 

12 

18 

2018 
£m 

1.8 

0.3 

0.2 

2.3 

2

4

12

18

2017 
£m

3.5

0.3

0.2

4.0

Executive Directors’ emoluments which are included in the above and are detailed further in the Directors’ Remuneration 
report on pages 50 to 63.

5. Investments

At 1 July 2017 and at 30 June 2018 

£m

158.2

The Directors have reviewed the recoverability of the carrying amount of the Company’s investments and have concluded 
that there is no impairment in their value.

Details of the Company’s subsidiaries at 30 June 2018 are set out on pages 128 and 129.

Details of the share-based payments provided by the Company to employees of its subsidiaries are presented in note 24 
to the consolidated financial statements.

6. Receivables

Amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings 

Deferred tax asset (see note 10) 

Other debtors 

Prepayments and accrued income 

Amounts owed by subsidiaries are interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

7. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings 

Derivative financial instruments 

B Shares (see note 9) 

Accruals and deferred income 

Bank overdrafts 

Total 

Amounts owed to subsidiaries are interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

2018 
£m 

2017 
£m

254.6 

210.6

0.4 

— 

0.1 

0.5

—

0.2

255.1 

211.3

2018 
£m 

2017 
£m

135.2 

130.5

0.2 

1.5 

1.3 

1.5 

0.6

1.2

3.3

—

139.7 

135.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 125

8. Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

Bank and other loans 

Derivative financial instruments 

Total 

2018 
£m 

70.7 

0.2 

70.9 

2017 
£m

60.7

—

60.7

Bank and other loans represent amounts drawn down under a €175 million revolving credit facility which is committed until 
June 2022.

9. Payments to shareholders
Payments to ordinary shareholders are made by way of the issue of B Shares in place of income distributions. Ordinary 
shareholders are able to redeem any number of the B Shares issued to them for cash. Any B Shares that they retain attract 
a dividend of 75% of LIBOR on the 0.1 pence nominal value of each share, paid on a twice-yearly basis.

Payments to ordinary shareholders made or proposed in respect of the year were as follows:

Interim  

Final 

Total for the year 

2018 

Pence 
  per share 

1.5 

2.8 

4.3 

2017

Pence 
per share 

1.4 

2.9 

4.3 

£m 

2.7 

5.2 

7.9 

£m

2.6

5.3

7.9

The proposed final payment in respect of 2018 of 2.8 pence per ordinary share is subject to approval by shareholders at the 
Company’s AGM and has therefore not been recognised in these financial statements.

Movements in the number of B Shares outstanding were as follows:

Issued and fully paid

At 1 July 2017 

Issued  

Redeemed 

At 30 June 2018 

2018 

Number 
000 

Nominal 
value 
£m 

2017

Number 
000 

Nominal  
value  
£m

  1,205,612 

 8,022,619 

 (7,667,857) 

  1,560,374 

1.2 

8.0 

(7.7) 

1.5 

  858,528  

  6,923,954  

0.9 

6.9

  (6,576,870) 

(6.6) 

  1,205,612  

1.2

B Shares carry no rights to attend, speak or vote at Company meetings, except on a resolution relating to the winding up of 
the Company.

10. Deferred tax
The elements and movements of deferred tax are as follows:

At 1 July 2016 

Credit to income statement 

At 30 June 2017 

At 1 July 2017 

Credit/(charge) to income statement 

At 30 June 2018 

11. Provisions for liabilities

At 1 July 2017 

Utilised 

At 30 June 2018 

Other 
 Share-based   short-term 
  payments   differences 
£m 

£m 

— 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

0.2 

(1.8) 

2.2 

0.4 

0.4 

(0.2) 

0.2 

Total 
£m

(1.8)

2.3

0.5

0.5

(0.1)

0.4

£m

0.3

(0.3)

—

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
126

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Notes to the Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2018

12. Called-up share capital

Ordinary shares of 10 pence each

At 30 June 2017 and at 30 June 2018 

Allotted and fully paid

Number 

£m

182,840,301 

18.3

Ordinary shares carry full voting rights and ordinary shareholders are entitled to attend Company meetings and to receive 
payments to shareholders. At 30 June 2018, awards were outstanding over 1,964,956 ordinary shares (2017: 1,243,724 
ordinary shares) in relation to the equity-settled employee share schemes that are operated by the Company. Further 
information on the employee share schemes is presented in note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.

13. Guarantees
The Company has guaranteed the indebtedness of certain of its subsidiaries up to an aggregate amount of £3.5 million 
(2017: £5.4m).

14. Related party transactions
As permitted by FRS 101, ‘Related party disclosures’, transactions between the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries 
are not disclosed in these financial statements.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group five-year summary

Revenue 

Adjusted operating profit 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Exceptional items   

Operating profit/(loss) 

Net finance costs 

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Taxation 

Profit/(loss) after tax 

Earnings per share  

Diluted 

Adjusted diluted 

Payments to shareholders (per ordinary share) 

Non-current assets  

Property, plant and equipment 

Intangible assets 

Other assets 

Current assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Net assets 

Net debt 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 127

Year ended 30 June

2018 
£m 

2017 
£m 

2016 
£m 

2015 
£m 

755.0 

705.2 

680.9 

704.2 

36.2 

(1.4) 

(21.7) 

13.1 

41.5 

(0.7) 

(1.0) 

39.8 

(5.3) 

(20.6) 

7.8 

19.2 

(4.4) 

(10.3) 

3.4 

8.9 

1.9p 

12.1p 

4.3p 

4.9p 

13.1p 

4.3p 

36.2 

(0.9) 

(2.4) 

32.9 

(7.1) 

25.8 

(8.8) 

17.0 

9.3p 

11.1p 

3.6p 

2014 
£m

744.2

22.0

(1.4)

28.5 

(1.0) 

(17.8) 

(34.5)

9.7 

(7.1) 

2.6 

(3.3) 

(0.7) 

(13.9)

(7.4)

(21.3)

2.2

(19.1)

(0.4p) 

(10.5p)

8.3p 

3.6p 

5.3p

5.0p

At 30 June

2018 
£m 

2017 
£m 

2016 
£m 

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m

135.6 

140.9 

29.9 

13.6 

179.1 

21.7 

12.7 

175.3 

136.2 

20.0 

22.5 

178.7 

129.8 

143.4

19.7 

21.5 

171.0 

26.3

14.6

184.3

245.8

269.0 

244.6 

240.0 

225.4 

(256.4) 

(241.3) 

(219.6) 

 (218.0) 

(229.8)

(124.1) 

(114.4) 

(130.0) 

(120.9) 

(131.7)

67.6 

114.3 

64.2 

75.7 

69.1 

90.9 

57.5 

92.4 

68.6

84.7

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
128

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Subsidiaries

Details of the Company’s subsidiaries at 30 June 2018 are as follows. In each case, the Company’s equity interest is in 
the form of ordinary shares which, unless stated otherwise, are indirectly owned. 

The business activity of each of the Company’s trading subsidiaries is the manufacture, distribution and sale of 
Household and Personal Care products.

Subsidiaries 

Trading subsidiaries

Robert McBride Ltd(1)(a) 

McBride S.A.(b) 

McBride S.A.S.(c) 

McBride S.p.A.(d) 

Problanc S.A.S.(c) 

Vitherm France S.A.S.(e) 

McBride B.V.(f) 

Chemolux Germany GmbH(g)   

Chemolux S.a.r.l.(h)   

Intersilesia McBride Polska Sp. z o.o(i) 

McBride S.A.U.(j) 

Danlind a/s(k) 

McBride Australia Pty Ltd(l) 

McBride Hong Kong Limited(m) 

Fortune Laboratories Sdn. Bhd.(n) 

Newlane Cosmetics Company Limited(o)  

Fortune Organics (F.E.) Sdn. Bhd.(n) 

Holding companies

McBride Holdings Limited(a) 

McBride CE Holdings Limited(a) 

McBride spol. s r.o.(p) 

McBride Asia Holdings Limited(m) 

McBride Hong Kong Holdings Limited(m)  

Fortlab Holdings Sdn. Bhd.(n)   

CNL Holdings Sdn. Bhd.(n) 

(1)  McBride plc directly owns 100% of McBride Holdings Limited and 57.7% of Robert McBride Ltd. 

Equity interest 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

99% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

Country of  
incorporation 
and operation

  England

  Belgium

France

Italy

France

France

Netherlands

Germany

Luxembourg

Poland

Spain

Denmark

Australia

Hong Kong

Malaysia

Vietnam

  Malaysia 

England

England

Czech Republic

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Malaysia

Malaysia

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 129

Equity interest 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

Country of  
incorporation 
and operation

Singapore

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

England

Spain

Subsidiaries 

Dormant

CM Nouvelle Holdings Pte. Ltd.(q) 

Breckland Mouldings Limited(a) 

Camille Simon Holdings Limited(a) 

Camille Simon Limited(a) 

Culmstock Limited(a) 

Darcy Bolton Limited(a) 

Darcy Bolton Property Limited(a) 

Darcy Limited(a) 

Detergent Information Limited(a) 

G.Garnett & Sons Limited(a) 

G.Garnett Estates Limited(a) 

Globol Properties (UK) Limited(a) 

H.H. Limited(a) 

HomePride Limited(a) 

Hugo Personal Care Limited(a) 

International Consumer Products Limited(a) 

Longthorne Laboratories Limited(a) 

McBride Aircare Limited(a) 

McBride Business Services Limited(a) 

McBride UK Limited(a) 

McBrides Limited(a)  

Milstock Limited(a)   

RMG (Droylsden) Limited(a) 

Robert McBride (Aerosols) Limited(a) 

Robert McBride (Bradford) Limited(a) 

Robert McBride (Properties) Limited(a) 

Robert McBride Homecare Limited(a) 

Robert McBride Household Limited(a) 

Savident Limited(a)  

McBride Holdings S.L.(j) 

Other 

Robert McBride Pension Fund Trustees Limited(a) 

100% 

England

Registered offices:

(a)  Middleton Way, Middleton, Manchester M24 4DP.

(b)  6 Rue Moulin Masure, 7730 Estaimpuis, Belgium.

(c)  109-111 Rue Victor Hugo, 92532 Levallois-Perret Cedex, France.

(d)  Corso Garibaldi 49, 20121 Milan, Italy.

(e)  Rue des Casernes, 55400 Etain, France.

(f)  Prins Bernhardplein 200, 1097 JB Amsterdam, Netherlands.

(g)  Heinrichstrasse 73, 40239 Düsseldorf, Germany.

(h)  Rue de I’industrie, Foetz, Luxembourg 3895.

(i)  Ul. Matejki 2a, 47100 Strzelce Opolskie, Poland.

(j)  Polígon Industrial I’Ila, C/ Ramon Esteve 20-22, 08650 Sallent, Barcelona, Spain. 

(k)  Lægårdvej 90-94, 7500 Holstebro, Denmark.

(l)  Level 4, 147 Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria 3000.

(m) Unit 6, 26th Floor, No. 1 Hung To Road, Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hong Kong.

(n)  Unit 30-01, Level 30, Tower A, Vertical Business Suite, Avenue 3, Bangsar South, No. 8, Jalan Kerinchi, 59200 Kuala Lumpur.

(o)  22 VSIP II, Street 1, Vietnam Singapore, Industrial Park II, Hoa Phu Ward, Thu Dau Mot Town, Binh Duong Province, Vietnam.

(p)  V Olšinách 75/2300, Prague 10 – Strašnice 10097, Czech Republic.

(q)  128 Tanjong Pagar Road, Singapore 088535.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
130

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Useful information for shareholders

Financial calendar
Next key dates for shareholders in 2018 and 2019:
Annual General Meeting  

23 October 2018

Shareholder queries
Our share register is managed by Link Asset Services 
(formerly Capita Asset Services), who can be contacted: 

2018/19 Q1 Interim  
management statement  

23 October 2018

by telephone  

Record date for entitlement to B Shares   26 October 2018

26 October 2018

29 October 2018

by email 

by post 

 0871 664 0300 (calls cost 12 pence 
per minute plus network extras; lines 
are open 9.00am to 5.30pm Monday 
to Friday), or on +44 371 644 0300 
if calling from overseas.

enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk

 Link Asset Services, The Registry, 
34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham 
BR3 4TU

When writing, please indicate that you are a McBride 
shareholder.

Shareholders are also able to access and amend details 
of their shareholding (such as address and distribution 
payment instructions), via the registrar’s website at  
www.signalshares.com. If you have not previously 
registered to use this facility you will need your investor 
code, which can be found on your proxy card, or on any 
share certificate issued by Link Asset Services.

ShareGift
McBride supports ShareGift, the share donation charity 
(registered charity no. 1052686). ShareGift was set up so 
that shareholders who have only a very small number of 
shares which might be considered uneconomic to sell are 
able to dispose of them by donating them for the benefit 
of UK charities. Donating shares to charity gives rise neither 
to a gain nor a loss for UK capital gains purposes and UK 
taxpayers may also be able to claim income tax relief on the 
value of the donation. Even if the share certificate has been 
lost or destroyed, the gift can be completed.

Further information about donating shares to ShareGift is 
available either from its website at www.sharegift.org or by 
contacting them on +44 (0)20 7930 3737.

Share price history
The following table sets out, for the five financial years to 
30 June 2018, the reported high, low, average and financial 
year end (30 June or immediately preceding business day) 
closing middle market quotations of McBride’s ordinary 
shares on the London Stock Exchange.

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

Share price (pence)

Low 

Average 

Financial 
year end

93 

75 

102 

146  

121 

111 

89 

149 

180  

177 

96

102

156

187

132

High 

 135 

105 

178 

207  

232 

Record date for entitlement to B Share  
allotments payable on B Shares issued  
and not previously redeemed  

Ex-entitlement to B Shares date  

Credit CREST accounts with  
B Share entitlements  

Latest date for receipt by registrar  
of completed election forms and  
submitting CREST elections 

Despatch of cheques in respect of  
B Shares which have been redeemed  

Payment into bank accounts in respect  
of B Shares which have been redeemed  
by certificated shareholders who have  
valid mandate instructions in place 

Despatch of share certificates for  
B Shares not being redeemed  

Payments on redeemed B Shares  
issued in CREST  

Payments of B Share allotments  
payable on B Shares issued and not  
previously redeemed  

2018/19 Half year end 

29 October 2018

16 November 2018

30 November 2018

30 November 2018

30 November 2018

30 November 2018

30 November 2018

31 December 2018

2018/19 Half year trading statement  

 January 2019

Interim results announced  

2018/19 Year end  

 February 2019

30 June 2019

2018/19 Year end trading statement  

 July 2019

Full-year preliminary statement 

 September 2019

These dates are provisional and may be subject to change.

Payments to shareholders
On 24 March 2011 shareholders approved a proposal for 
the implementation of a B Share scheme as a mechanism 
for making payments to shareholders. This involves the 
issue of non-cumulative redeemable preference shares 
(B Shares) in place of income distributions. Shareholders 
are able to redeem any number of their B Shares for cash. 
B Shares that are retained attract a dividend of 75% of 
LIBOR on the 0.1 pence nominal value of each share, paid 
on a twice-yearly basis.

Shareholders who have valid mandate instructions in 
place may choose to have payments made directly into 
their bank or building society account. Confirmation 
of payment is contained in a payment advice which is 
posted to shareholders’ registered addresses at the time 
of payment. This payment advice should be kept safely 
for future reference.

Shareholders who wish to benefit from this service 
should complete the relevant section of the election form 
accompanying the Notice of Annual General Meeting. 
Alternatively, the required documentation can be obtained 
by contacting the Company’s registrar using one of the 
methods outlined below.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder Security
The Company is required by law to make its share register 
publicly available. As a consequence, shareholders may 
receive unsolicited mail from organisations that use it as 
a mailing list. Shareholders wishing to limit the amount 
of such mail should either write to Mailing Preference 
Service, DMA House, 70 Margaret Street, London W1W 8SS, 
register online at www.mpsonline.org.uk or call the Mailing 
Preference Service (MPS) on +44 (0)845 703 4599. MPS is 
an independent organisation which offers a free service to 
the public.

Each year in the UK shareholders lose money due to 
investment fraud. Investment scams are becoming ever 
more sophisticated – designed to look like genuine 
investments, they are increasingly difficult to spot. 
REMEMBER, if it sounds too good to be true, it probably is!

If you suspect you have been approached by fraudsters 
please tell the Financial Conduct Authority using the share 
fraud reporting form at www.fca.org.uk/scams, where you 
can find out more about investment scams. You can also 
call the FCA Consumer Helpline on 0800 111 6768. If you 
have lost money to investment fraud, you should report 
it to Action Fraud on 0300 123 2040 or online at  
www.actionfraud.police.uk. Find out more at  
www.fca.org.uk/scamsmart

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 131

Cautionary statement 
This Annual Report has been prepared for the shareholders 
of McBride plc, as a body, and no other persons. Its purpose 
is to assist shareholders of the Company to assess the 
strategies adopted by the Group, the potential for those 
strategies to succeed and for no other purpose. The 
Company, its Directors, employees, agents or advisers do 
not accept or assume responsibility to any other person to 
whom this document is shown or into whose hands it may 
come and any such responsibility or liability is expressly 
disclaimed.

This Annual Report contains certain forward-looking 
statements that are subject to risk factors associated 
with, amongst other things, the economic and business 
circumstances occurring from time to time in the countries, 
sectors and markets in which the Group operates. It is 
believed that the expectations reflected in these statements 
are reasonable but they may be affected by a wide range 
of variables which could cause actual results to differ 
materially from those currently anticipated. 

No assurances can be given that the forward-looking 
statements in this Strategic report will be realised. 
The forward-looking statements reflect the knowledge 
and information available at the date of preparation of this 
Strategic report and the Company undertakes no obligation 
to update these forward-looking statements. Nothing in this 
Report should be constituted as a profit forecast.

Strategic and Directors’ reports and the corporate 
governance and financial statements form a Directors’ 
report. Both the Directors’ report and Strategic report 
have been drawn up and presented in accordance with 
English company law and the liabilities of the Directors 
in connection with those reports shall be subject to 
the limitations and restrictions provided by such law. 
In particular, the Directors would be liable to the Company 
(but not to any third party) if the Strategic report and/or 
Directors’ report contain errors as a result of recklessness 
or knowing misstatement or dishonest concealment of a 
material fact, but would not otherwise be liable.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsAdditional information132

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Advisers

Company’s registered office
McBride plc
Middleton Way
Middleton
Manchester M24 4DP
Telephone: +44 (0)161 653 9037
www.mcbride.co.uk
Company number: 02798634

Independent auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountant and Statutory Auditors
7 More London Riverside
London SE1 2RT

Financial adviser and broker
Investec plc
2 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7QP

Principal bankers
HSBC Bank plc
4 Hardman Square
Spinningfields
Manchester M3 3EB

BayernLB
Moor House
120 London Wall
London EC2Y 5ET

BNP Paribas London Branch
10 Harewood Avenue
London NW1 6AA

KBC Bank N.V.
111 Old Broad Street
London EC2N 1BR

Barclays Bank PLC
3 Hardman Street
Manchester M3 3HF

Registrars
Link Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent BR3 4TU

Financial public relations advisers
FTI Consulting LLP
200 Aldersgate
London EC1A 4HD

Corporate
McBride plc
Central Park
Northampton Road
Manchester M40 5BP
Telephone: +44 (0)161 203 7401

UK
Robert McBride Ltd
Middleton Way
Middleton
Manchester M24 4DP
Telephone: +44 (0)161 653 9037

North
McBride S.A.
6 Rue Moulin Masure
7730 Estaimpuis
Belgium
Telephone: +32 56 482111

East
Intersilesia McBride Polska Sp. z o.o
Ul. Matejki 2a
47100 Strzelce Opolskie
Poland
Telephone: +48 774 049 100

South
McBride S.p.A.
Via F.lli Kennedy, 28/B
24060 Bagnatica (Bergamo)
Italy
Telephone: +39 35 6666411

South East Asia/Australasia
McBride Hong Kong Ltd
Unit 2001-02, 20th Floor, Prosperity Place
6 Shing Yip Street, Kwun Tong, Kowloon
Hong Kong
Telephone: +852 2790 8480

Find us online 
www.mcbride.co.uk

Printed by CPI Colour, a Carbon Neutral® and FSC® chain of custody certified company. 
Printed on paper which is ISO 14001 and FSC® certified.

Designed and produced by  

www.lyonsbennett.com

McBride plc
Middleton Way
Middleton
Manchester M24 4DP
Telephone: +44 (0)161 653 9037
www.mcbride.co.uk

M

c

B

r

i

d

e

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

Winner of Best Annual Report at the 
IR Society Best Practice Awards 2016

Winner of Most Effective 
Communication of Company Investment 
Proposition at the IR Society Best 
Practice Awards 2017

Winner of Best Annual Report at the 
IR Magazine Awards – Europe 2017

McBride has been accepted into the 
FTSE4Good Index Series of leading 
companies which meet globally recognised 
corporate responsibility standards.

McBride has been a leading contributor in 
the development of the A.I.S.E. Charter for 
sustainable cleaning and was the first Private 
Label company to achieve Charter status.